Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Русский

he reads very little

1 he writes very little

he writes (speaks, reads, works, rests) very little он мало пишет (говорит, читает, работает, отдыхает)

English-Russian combinatory dictionary > he writes very little
2 little

'litl
1. adjective
1) (small in size: He is only a little boy; when she was little (= a child).) pequeño

2) (small in amount; not much: He has little knowledge of the difficulties involved.) poco

3) (not important: I did not expect her to make a fuss about such a little thing.) sin importancia

2. pronoun
((only) a small amount: He knows little of the real world.) poco

3. adverb
1) (not much: I go out little nowadays.) poco

2) (only to a small degree: a little-known fact.) poco

3) (not at all: He little knows how ill he is.) nada, ni la menor idea

•

- a little
- little by little
- make little of

little¹ adj

1. pequeño

I've brought you a little present te ha traído un pequeño regalo

a little boy un chico pequeño

a little white mouse un ratoncito blanco

poor little thing! ¡pobrecito!

2. poco

we have very little money tenemos muy poco dinero

I sleep very little duermo muy poco

little² adv pron poco

try to rest a little intenta descansar un poco

put a little oil on the salad echa un poco de aceite en la ensalada

I feel a little better me encuentro un poco mejor

El comparativo de little es less; el superlativo es least

little

tr['lɪtəl]

adjective

1 (small) pequeño,-a

■ it's a very little flat es un piso muy pequeño

■ a little cup una tacita

■ let's take a little break vamos a descansar un ratito

■ you poor little thing! ¡pobrecillo!

2 (not much) poco,-a

■ a little milk un poco de leche

■ I have little time to relax tengo poco tiempo para relajarme

pronoun

1 poco

■ more tea? --just a little, please ¿quieres más té? --un poco, por favor

■ she gives very little of herself to her work se dedica muy poco al trabajo

adverb

1 poco

■ I'm a little (bit) tired estoy un poco cansada

■ it takes little over an hour to get there se tarda poco más de una hora en llegar

■ as little as possible lo menos posible

■ little did I know that... yo no tenía la menor idea de que...

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

little by little poco a poco

little or nothing casi nada

not a little ironic muy

■ he was not a little impressed se quedó muy impresionado

to make little of (play down) quitar importancia a 2 (not understand) no captar

■ I could make very little of what he was saying entendí muy poco de lo que decía

little finger dedo meñique

little woman pejorative (wife) mujer nombre femenino

little ['lɪtəl] adv, less ['lɛs] ; least ['li:st]

1) : poco

she sings very little: canta muy poco

2)

little did I know that... : no tenía la menor idea de que...

3)

as little as possible : lo menos posible

little adj, littler or less ['lɛs] or lesser ['lɛsər] ; littlest or least ['li:st]

1) small: pequeño

2) : poco

they speak little Spanish: hablan poco español

little by little: poco a poco

3) trivial: sin importancia, trivial

little n

1) : poco m

little has changed: poco ha cambiado

2)

a little : un poco, algo

it's a little surprising: es algo sorprendente

little

adj.

• chico, -a adj.

• corto, -a adj.

• enano, -a adj.

• escaso, -a adj.

• menudo, -a adj.

• mezquino, -a adj.

• meñique adj.

• parvo, -a adj.

• pequeño, -a adj.

• poco, -a adj.

adv.

• poco adv.

n.

• poco s.m.

I 'lɪtḷ
1) adjective

Sense I

2) (comp littler 'lɪtḷər, 'lɪtḷə(r); superl littlest 'lɪtḷəst, 'lɪtḷɪst)

a) ( small) pequeño, chico (esp AmL)

a lovely little dog — un perrito precioso

a little old lady — una viejecita

a little while — un ratito

she is a little bit better — está un poquito mejor or algo mejor

b) ( young) pequeño, chico (esp AmL)

when I was little — cuando era pequeña or pequeñita or (esp AmL) chica or chiquita

my little sister/brother — mi hermanita/hermanito

c) ( insignificant) pequeño

then there's the little matter of... — (iro) está también el pequeño detalle de... (iró)

3) ( expressing speaker's attitude) (colloq) (before n)

I know your little game! — ya te conozco el jueguito! (fam)

you poor little thing! — pobrecito!

Sense II

4) (comp less; superl least)

a) ( not much) poco

there is very little bread left — queda muy poco pan

from what little information we have — por lo poco que sabemos

it uses less electricity than a toaster — gasta menos electricidad que una tostadora

he had little talent and even less charm — tenía poco talento y aún menos encanto

he has (the) least talent of all — es el que menos talento tiene

b)

a little — ( some) un poco de

with not a little sadness — (frml) con no poca tristeza

II

pronoun (comp less; superl least)

a) ( not much) poco, -ca

there was little to do — había poco que hacer

we see very little of him nowadays — lo vemos muy poco últimamente

the little that she earns — lo poco que gana

from as little as $2,000 — a partir de tan sólo 2.000 dólares

little by little — poco a poco

I get paid less than you — me pagan menos que a ti

Jean earns (the) least of all — Jean es la que menos gana de todos

the (very) least you can do is apologize — lo menos que puedes hacer es pedir perdón

he was rather abrupt, to say the least — estuvo un poco brusco, por no decir otra cosa

that's the least of it — eso es lo de menos

b)

a little — ( some) un poco, algo

she ate a little — comió algo or un poco

III

adverb (comp less; superl least)

a) ( not much) poco

he goes out very little — sale muy poco

it is a little known fact that... — es un hecho poco conocido que...

the campaign has been somewhat less than a success — la campaña no ha tenido mucho éxito que digamos

just when we were least expecting it — cuando menos lo esperábamos

b) (hardly, not)

little did he know that... — lo que menos se imaginaba era que...

he's little better than a thief — es poco menos que un ladrón

no one likes him, least of all his brother — nadie lo quiere, y su hermano menos que nadie

c)

a little — ( somewhat) un poco

do you speak French? - a little — ¿hablas francés? - algo or un poco

a little less noise, please — hagan menos ruido, por favor

I ['lɪtl]
1. ADJ

1) (=small) pequeño, chico (LAm)

a little house — una casa pequeña or (LAm) chica

a little book — un libro pequeño or (LAm) chico

she had a little girl yesterday — ayer tuvo una niñita

when I was little — cuando era pequeña, de pequeña

the little ones — (=children) los pequeños

2) (=short) corto

a little walk — un paseo corto

we went for a little holiday — nos fuimos para unas vacaciones cortitas

3) (=diminutive) (in cpds) -ito

a little book/boat/piece etc — un librito/barquitoocito etc

a little house — una casita

a little girl — una niñita, una chiquita

a little fish — un pececillo, un pececito

a little sip — un sorbito

the little woman — hum (=wife) la costilla *, la parienta (Sp) *

it's the little man who suffers — (=small trader) el pequeño comerciante es el que sale perdiendo

it's just a little something * — no es más que una cosita de poco valor

4) (=younger)

her little brother — su hermano menor, su hermanito

2.

CPD

little end N — (Brit) (Aut) pie m de biela

Little Englander N — (Brit) (Hist) en el siglo XIX, persona con ideas opuestas a la ampliación del imperio británico ; (=chauvinist) patriotero(-a) m / f ; (=anti-European) anti-europeoísta mf

little finger N — dedo m meñique, meñique m

the little folk NPL — (=fairies) los duendecillos

Little League N — (US) liga de béisbol aficionado para jóvenes de entre 6 y 18 años

the little people NPL — (=fairies) los duendecillos

little toe N — dedo m pequeño del pie

II ['lɪtl] (compar less) (superl least)
1. PRON

1) (=not much) poco

he knows little — sabe poco

to see/do little — ver/hacer poco

there was little we could do — apenas había nada que hacer

he had little to say — poco fue lo que tenía que decir

that has little to do with it! — ¡eso tiene poco que ver!

• as little as £5 — 5 libras, nada más

• there's very little left — queda muy poco

• to make little of sth — (=play down) quitarle importancia a algo; (=fail to exploit) desaprovechar algo

they made little of loading the huge boxes — (=accomplish easily) cargaron las enormes cajas como si nada

• little of what he says is true — poco de lo que dice es verdad

• little or nothing — poco o nada

to spend little or nothing — gastar poco o nada

• he lost weight because he ate so little — adelgazó porque comía muy poco

• I know too little about him to have an opinion — no lo conozco lo suficiente para poder opinar

too little too late — muy poco y muy tarde

2) (=some)

give me a little — dame un poco

I had a little of everything — comí un poco de todo

• little by little — poco a poco

• however little you give, we'll be grateful — agradeceremos su donativo, por pequeño que sea

• a little less/ more milk — un poco menos/más de leche

a little more slowly — un poco más despacio

• the little I have seen is excellent — lo poco que he visto me ha parecido excelente

• I did what little I could — hice lo poco que pude
every
3) (=short time)

they'll have to wait a little — tendrán que esperar un poco

• for a little — un rato, durante un rato

2. ADJ

1) (=not much) poco

there is little hope of finding them alive — hay pocas esperanzas de encontrarlos con vida

with little difficulty — sin problema or dificultad

• so much to do, so little time — tanto que hacer y en tan poco tiempo

I have so little time for reading — tengo muy poco tiempo para leer

• he gave me too little money — me dio poquísimo dinero

• I have very little money — tengo muy poco dinero

2) (=some)

a little wine — un poco de vino

I speak a little Spanish — hablo un poco de español

• a little bit (of) — un poquito (de)

• with no little trouble — con bastante dificultad, con no poca dificultad

3) (=short)

• for a little time or while — un ratito

3. ADV

1) (=not much) poco

he reads little — lee poco

they spoke very little on the way home — hablaron muy poco de camino para casa

• try to move as little as possible — intenta moverte lo menos posible

(as) little as I like him, I must admit that... — aunque me gusta muy poco, debo admitir que...

• a little known fact — un hecho poco conocido

• little more than — poco más que

little more than a month ago — hace poco más de un mes

• a little read book — un libro poco leído, un libro que se lee poco

• it's little short of a miracle — es casi un milagro

2) (=somewhat) algo

we were a little surprised/happier — nos quedamos algo sorprendidos/más contentos

• a little better — un poco mejor, algo mejor

• a little less/ more than... — un poco menos/más que...

• we were not a little worried — nos inquietamos bastante, quedamos muy inquietos

3) (=not at all)

little does he know that..., he little knows that... — no tiene la menor idea de que...

4) (=rarely) poco

I watch television very little nowadays — ahora veo la televisión muy poco

it occurs very little in small companies — raramente ocurre or es raro que ocurra en empresas pequeñas

* * *

I ['lɪtḷ]
1) adjective

Sense I

2) (comp littler ['lɪtḷər, 'lɪtḷə(r)]; superl littlest ['lɪtḷəst, 'lɪtḷɪst])

a) ( small) pequeño, chico (esp AmL)

a lovely little dog — un perrito precioso

a little old lady — una viejecita

a little while — un ratito

she is a little bit better — está un poquito mejor or algo mejor

b) ( young) pequeño, chico (esp AmL)

when I was little — cuando era pequeña or pequeñita or (esp AmL) chica or chiquita

my little sister/brother — mi hermanita/hermanito

c) ( insignificant) pequeño

then there's the little matter of... — (iro) está también el pequeño detalle de... (iró)

3) ( expressing speaker's attitude) (colloq) (before n)

I know your little game! — ya te conozco el jueguito! (fam)

you poor little thing! — pobrecito!

Sense II

4) (comp less; superl least)

a) ( not much) poco

there is very little bread left — queda muy poco pan

from what little information we have — por lo poco que sabemos

it uses less electricity than a toaster — gasta menos electricidad que una tostadora

he had little talent and even less charm — tenía poco talento y aún menos encanto

he has (the) least talent of all — es el que menos talento tiene

b)

a little — ( some) un poco de

with not a little sadness — (frml) con no poca tristeza

II

pronoun (comp less; superl least)

a) ( not much) poco, -ca

there was little to do — había poco que hacer

we see very little of him nowadays — lo vemos muy poco últimamente

the little that she earns — lo poco que gana

from as little as $2,000 — a partir de tan sólo 2.000 dólares

little by little — poco a poco

I get paid less than you — me pagan menos que a ti

Jean earns (the) least of all — Jean es la que menos gana de todos

the (very) least you can do is apologize — lo menos que puedes hacer es pedir perdón

he was rather abrupt, to say the least — estuvo un poco brusco, por no decir otra cosa

that's the least of it — eso es lo de menos

b)

a little — ( some) un poco, algo

she ate a little — comió algo or un poco

III

adverb (comp less; superl least)

a) ( not much) poco

he goes out very little — sale muy poco

it is a little known fact that... — es un hecho poco conocido que...

the campaign has been somewhat less than a success — la campaña no ha tenido mucho éxito que digamos

just when we were least expecting it — cuando menos lo esperábamos

b) (hardly, not)

little did he know that... — lo que menos se imaginaba era que...

he's little better than a thief — es poco menos que un ladrón

no one likes him, least of all his brother — nadie lo quiere, y su hermano menos que nadie

c)

a little — ( somewhat) un poco

do you speak French? - a little — ¿hablas francés? - algo or un poco

a little less noise, please — hagan menos ruido, por favor

English-spanish dictionary > little
3 peu

peu [pø]

━━━━━━━━━

1. adverb

2. indefinite pronoun

3. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque peu fait partie d'une locution comme avant peu, sous peu, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► peu se traduit souvent par l'équivalent anglais de pas beaucoup.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. ( = pas beaucoup) not much

• il mange peu he doesn't eat much

• il lit peu he doesn't read much

• il lit assez peu he doesn't read very much

• il lit très peu he reads very little

• je le connais trop peu I don't know him well enough

► peu de (quantité) not much ; (nombre) not many

• nous avons eu peu de soleil we didn't have much sunshine

• nous avons eu très peu de pluie we've had very little rain

• peu de gens connaissent cet endroit not many people know this place

• il y a peu d'enfants dans cet immeuble there aren't many children in this building

• en peu de mots in a few words

• il est ici pour peu de temps he's not staying long

• il faut peu de chose pour le choquer it doesn't take much to shock him

• peu de monde few people

   b. ( = pas très) not very

• il est peu sociable he's not very sociable

• c'est peu probable it's not very likely

• ils sont trop peu nombreux there are too few of them

• un auteur assez peu connu a relatively unknown author

   c. ( = pas longtemps) shortly

• elle est arrivée peu après she arrived shortly afterwards

• peu avant 11 heures shortly before 11 o'clock

   d. ( = rarement) ils se voient peu they don't see each other very often

• elle sort peu she doesn't go out much

   e. (locutions)

► peu à peu little by little

• peu à peu, l'idée a gagné du terrain little by little the idea gained ground► à peu près about

• il pèse à peu près 50 kilos he weighs about 50 kilos► de peu

• il est plus âgé de peu he's a little older

• il l'a battu de peu he just beat him

• il a manqué le train de peu he just missed the train► pour peu que + subjonctif if

• pour peu qu'il soit sorti sans sa clé... if he should have come out without his key...

2. <

• bien peu le savent very few people know

• peu d'entre eux sont restés not many of them stayed

3. <

( = petite quantité) little

• j'ai oublié le peu de français que j'avais appris I've forgotten the little French I'd learnt

• le peu de cheveux qui lui reste what little hair he has left

► un (petit) peu a bit a little

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► un peu se traduit souvent par l'expression a bit, qui est plus familière que a little ; de même, on peut dire a bit of au lieu de a little pour traduire un peu de.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il te ressemble un peu he looks a bit like you

• restez encore un peu stay a bit longer

• essaie de manger un peu try to eat a little

• il travaille un peu trop he works a bit too much

• c'est un peu fort ! that's a bit much! (inf)

• c'est un peu grand it's a bit big

• il y a un peu moins de bruit it is a little less noisy

• donnez-m'en juste un petit peu just give me a little bit

• elle va un tout petit peu mieux she's a little better

• il y a un peu plus d'un an just over a year ago

• on trouve ce produit un peu partout you can get this product just about anywhere

• un peu plus et il oubliait son rendez-vous he very nearly forgot his appointment

• je me demande un peu où sont les enfants I'm just wondering where the children are

• un peu ! (inf) and how! (inf)

• il nous a menti, et pas qu'un peu ! (inf) he lied to us bigtime! (inf)

► un peu de a little a bit of

• un peu d'eau a little water

• un peu de patience a little patience

• un peu de silence, s'il vous plaît ! can we have a bit of quiet please!► pour un peu

• pour un peu, il m'aurait accusé he all but accused me

* * *

Note: Les emplois de peu avec avant, d'ici, depuis, sous sont traités respectivement sous chacun de ces mots

Il sera également utile de se reporter à la note d'usage sur les quantités
pø
1.

adverbe

1) ( modifiant un verbe) not much

elle gagne assez peu — she doesn't earn very much

elle gagne très peu — she earns very little

le radiateur chauffe peu — the radiator doesn't give out much heat

je sais me contenter de peu — I'm satisfied with very little

deux semaines c'est trop peu — two weeks isn't long enough

si peu que ce soit — however little

tu ne vas pas t'en faire pour si peu — you're not going to worry about such a little thing

la catastrophe a été évitée de peu — disaster was only just avoided

ça importe peu — it doesn't really matter

c'est peu dire — to say the least

il est aussi borné que son père et ce n'est pas peu dire! — (colloq) he's as narrow-minded as his father and that's saying a lot!

un homme comme on en voit peu — the kind of man you don't often come across

très peu pour moi! — (colloq) fig no thanks! (colloq)

2) ( modifiant un adjectif) not very

assez peu connu — little-known

ils se sentent très peu concernés par... — they feel quite unconcerned about...

nous étions peu nombreux — there weren't many of us

un individu peu recommandable — a disreputable character

elle n'est pas peu fière — she's more than a little proud

2.

pronom indéfini

peu leur font confiance — few ou not many people trust them

3.

peu de déterminant indéfini

1) ( avec un nom dénombrable)

peu de mots — few words

2) ( avec un nom non dénombrable)

peu de temps — little time

en peu de temps — in next to no time

il y a peu de bruit — there's not much noise

c'est peu de chose — it's not much

avec peu de chose elle a fait un repas délicieux — with very little she made a delicious meal

on est bien peu de chose! — we're so insignificant!

4.

nom masculin

1) ( petite quantité)

le peu de — the little [confiance, liberté]; the few [livres, amis]

il a voulu montrer le peu d'importance qu'il attachait à l'affaire — he wanted to show how unimportant the matter was to him

2) ( manque)

le peu de — the lack of

5.

un peu locution adverbiale

1) ( dans une mesure faible) a little, a bit

reste encore un peu — stay a little longer

‘elle aime le fromage?’ - ‘oui, pas qu'un peu (colloq)!’ — ‘does she like cheese?’ - ‘does she ever (colloq)!’

2) ( modifiant un adverbe) a little, a bit

parle un peu moins fort — keep your voice down

elle se maquille un peu trop — she wears a bit too much make-up

un peu plus de gens — a few more people

un peu moins de — slightly less [pluie]; slightly fewer [gens]

amène tes amis, un peu plus un peu moins... — bring your friends, another two or three people won't make much difference

‘il avait l'air un peu contrarié’ - ‘un peu beaucoup même (colloq)’ — ‘he looked a bit annoyed’ - ‘more than a bit’

3) ( emploi stylistique) just

répète un peu pour voir! — (colloq) you just try saying that again!

je vous demande un peu! — (colloq) I ask you!

il sait un peu (colloq) de quoi il parle — he does know what he's talking about

4) ( emploi par antiphrase) a little

tu ne serais pas un peu jaloux toi? — aren't you just a little jealous?

5) (colloq) ( pour renforcer une affirmation)

il est un peu bien ton copain! — your boyfriend is a bit of all right (colloq) GB ou a good-looker! (colloq)

‘tu le ferais toi?’ - ‘un peu (que je le ferais)!’ — ‘would you do it?’ - ‘I sure would (colloq)!’

6.

peu à peu locution adverbiale gradually, little by little

7.

pour un peu locution adverbiale

pour un peu ils se seraient battus — they very nearly had a fight

8.

pour peu que locution conjonctive if

pour peu qu'il ait bu, il va nous raconter sa vie — if he's had anything at all to drink, he'll tell us his life story

* * *
pø
1. adv

1) (modifiant un verbe) not much

Il boit peu. — He doesn't drink much.

Il voyage peu. — He doesn't travel much.

J'ai peu mangé à midi. — I didn't eat much for lunch.

2) (modifiant un adjectif) not very

Il est peu bavard. — He's not very talkative.

3) (modifiant un adverbe)

peu avant — shortly before

peu après — shortly afterwards

4) (modifiant un nom)

peu de (avec nom pluriel) — not many, few, (avec nom singulier) not a lot of, not much

peu de gens — not many people, few people

peu d'arbres — not many trees, few trees

Il y a peu de bons films au cinéma. — There aren't many good films on at the cinema.

Elle a peu d'amis. — She hasn't got many friends.

Il reste peu de lait. — There isn't much milk left., There isn't a lot of milk left.

Il a peu d'espoir. — He hasn't got much hope., He has little hope.

Il a peu d'espoir de réussir. — He doesn't have much hope of succeeding.

Il lui reste peu d'argent. — He hasn't got much money left.

c'est peu de chose — it's nothing, it's not much

pour peu de temps — for a short while

à peu de frais — for very little cost

5) (autres locutions)

peu à peu — little by little

à peu près — just about, more or less

J'ai à peu près fini. — I've just about finished., I've more or less finished.

à peu près 10 kg — about 10 kg, around 10 kg

à peu près deux heures — about two hours, around two hours

Le voyage prend à peu près deux heures. — The journey takes about two hours., The journey takes around two hours.

pour peu qu'il fasse — if he should do, if by any chance he does

avant peu — before long

sous peu — shortly

depuis peu (au présent) — for a short while, for a little while

Je suis parisien depuis peu. — I've only been living in Paris for a short while., (au passé) a short while ago, a little while ago

Il est rentré depuis peu. — He came back a short while ago.

de peu — only just

Chantal a manqué son train de peu. — Chantal only just missed her train.

Il est de peu mon cadet. — He's just a bit younger than me.

2. nm

1)

le peu de gens qui — the few people who

le peu de sable qui — what little sand, the little sand which

2)

un peu (emploi pronominal) — a little

J'en voudrais un peu. — I'd like a little., (emploi adverbial, avec adjectif) a little, a bit

Elle est un peu timide. — She's a bit shy., She's a little shy.

un peu de — a little, a bit of

un peu de gâteau — a bit of cake

un peu de lait — a little milk, a bit of milk

un peu d'espoir — a little hope, a bit of hope

un petit peu — a little bit

un petit peu de crème — a little bit of cream

un peu plus de [vent, sucre, personnes, voitures] — slightly more

un peu moins de [vent, sucre] — slightly less, [personnes, voitures] slightly fewer

3) (autres locutions)

pour un peu il...; un peu plus et il... — he very nearly..., he all but...

essayez un peu! — just try it!

3. pron

few

peu le savent — few people know

* * *

peu

❢ Les emplois de peu avec avant, d'ici, depuis, sous sont traités respectivement sous chacun de ces mots. Il sera également utile de se reporter à la note d'usage sur les quantités ⇒ Les quantités.

A adv

1 ( modifiant un verbe) not much; il travaille/dort/parle peu he doesn't work/sleep/talk much; elle gagne assez peu she doesn't earn very much; elle gagne très/trop peu she earns very/too little; le radiateur chauffe peu the radiator doesn't give out much heat; je sors assez/très peu I don't go out very much/very much at all; je sais me contenter de peu I'm satisfied with very little; 40 euros/un demi-litre/1,50 m, c'est (bien) peu 40 euros/half a litre^GB/1,50 m, that's not (very) much; 20 personnes, c'est peu 20 people, that's not many; dix minutes/deux mois ça fait peu ten minutes/two months, that's not long; deux semaines c'est trop peu two weeks isn't long enough; si peu que ce soit however little, no matter how little; tu ne vas pas t'en faire pour si peu you're not going to worry about such a little thing; je ne vais pas me casser la tête pour si peu I'm not going to rack my brains over such a little thing; il leur en faut peu pour pleurer/paniquer it doesn't take much to make them cry/panic; la catastrophe a été évitée de peu disaster was only just avoided; tu les as ratés de peu you've just missed them; il est mon aîné de peu he's slightly older than me; j'aime peu sa façon de dévisager les gens I don't much care for the way he stares at people; ça compte or importe peu it doesn't really matter; la cuisine n'est pas très bonne, et c'est peu dire the food isn't very good to say the least; il est aussi borné que son père et ce n'est pas peu dire○! he's as narrow-minded as his father and that's saying a lot!; un homme comme on en voit or fait○ peu the kind of man you don't often come across; très peu pour moi○! fig no thanks○!;

2 ( modifiant un adjectif) not very; peu soigneux/ambitieux/fier not very tidy/ambitious/proud; il est très peu jaloux he's not at all jealous; c'est un endroit assez peu connu it's a relatively little-known spot; cet endroit trop peu connu des touristes this spot which is sadly little known to tourists; pour les personnes trop peu qualifiées for people who haven't got enough qualifications; ils se sentent très ou fort peu concernés par… they feel quite unconcerned about…; nous étions peu nombreux there weren't many of us; nous étions très/trop peu nombreux there were very/too few of us; un individu peu recommandable a disreputable character; elle n'est pas peu fière she's more than a little proud.

B pron indéf peu lui font confiance few ou not many people trust him/her; il a écrit beaucoup de livres, peu lui survivront he has written many books, few will outlive him.

C peu de dét indéf

1 ( avec un nom dénombrable) peu de mots/d'occasions few words/opportunities;

2 ( avec un nom non dénombrable) peu de temps/d'espoir little time/hope; en peu de temps in next to no time; j'ai peu de temps pour le faire I haven't got much time to do it; il y a peu de changement there's little change; il y a peu de bruit there's not much noise; il est tombé peu de neige/pluie cet hiver there hasn't been much snow/rain this winter; il a peu de patience he's not very patient; c'est peu de chose it's not much; cela représente peu de chose it stands for little; avec peu de chose elle a fait un repas délicieux with very little she made a delicious meal; on est bien peu de chose! we're so insignificant!; il y a peu de visiteurs/divergences there are few ou not many visitors/differences; très peu de personnes sont atteintes very few people are affected; en peu de mots/jours in a few words/days; je sais peu de choses sur lui I don't know much about him; il y a peu de chances qu'il accepte he's unlikely to accept; la proposition a peu de chances d'aboutir the proposal has little chance of getting through.

D nm

1 ( petite quantité) le peu de the little [importance, confiance, pluie, liberté]; the few [livres, souvenirs, amis]; il a oublié le peu d'anglais qu'il savait he's forgotten the ou what little English he knew; elle s'est fait voler le peu d'objets qu'il lui restait she was robbed of the few things she had left; je vais dépenser le peu d'argent qu'il me reste I'm going to spend the ou what little money I've got left; il a voulu montrer le peu d'importance qu'il attachait à l'affaire he wanted to show how unimportant the matter was to him; je leur ai dit le peu que je savais I told them the ou what little I knew; il a dépensé le peu qu'il lui restait he spent what little he had left;

2 ( manque) le peu de the lack of; malgré le peu d'intérêt manifesté despite the lack of interest; j'ai remarqué ton peu d'enthousiasme I've noticed your lack of enthusiasm; ton peu d'appétit m'inquiète your lack of appetite is worrying me.

E un peu loc adv

1 ( dans une mesure faible) a little, a bit; mange un peu eat a little; cela m'inquiète/m'énerve/m'ennuie un peu it worries me/annoys me/bothers me a little ou a bit; ça m'agace plus qu'un peu○ it annoys me to say the least; le rôti est un peu brûlé the roast is a bit ou slightly burned; elle est un peu médium/poète○ she's a bit of a ou something of a medium/poet; tu ne serais pas un peu casse-cou? you're a bit of a daredevil, aren't you?; dors/attends/reste encore un peu sleep/wait/stay a little longer; ‘il a plu?’-‘pas qu'un peu○!’ ‘did it rain?’-‘did it ever○!’; ‘elle aime le fromage?’-‘oui, pas qu'un peu!’ ‘does she like cheese?’-‘does she ever○!’;

2 ( modifiant un adverbe) a little, a bit; mange un peu plus/moins eat a bit more/less; parle un peu plus fort speak a little ou a bit louder; parle un peu moins fort keep your voice down; va un peu moins/plus vite go a bit slower/faster; il fait un peu moins froid qu'hier it's a little less cold than yesterday; il fait un peu plus froid qu'hier it's slightly ou a little colder than yesterday; un peu au-dessous/au-dessus de la moyenne slightly below/above average; elle se maquille un peu trop she wears a bit too much make-up; un peu plus de bruit/vent a bit more noise/wind; un peu plus de gens/problèmes a few more people/problems; un peu moins de slightly less [pluie, humour]; slightly fewer [gens, tableaux]; peux-tu me donner un tout petit peu plus de carottes can you give me just a few more carrots; amène tes amis, un peu plus un peu moins tu sais… bring your friends, another two or three people won't make much difference; donne-moi ton linge à laver, un peu plus un peu moins… give me your laundry, a bit more won't make any difference; ‘il avait l'air un peu contrarié’-‘un peu beaucoup même○’ ‘he looked a bit annoyed’-‘more than a bit’;

3 ( emploi stylistique) just; arrête un peu de faire l'idiot! just stop behaving like an idiot!; répète un peu pour voir○! you just try saying that again!; vise un peu la perruque○! just look at the wig!; réfléchis un peu just think; je vous demande un peu○! I ask you!; il sait un peu de quoi il parle○ he does know what he's talking about;

4 ( emploi par antiphrase) a little; tu ne serais pas un peu jaloux toi? aren't you just a little jealous?; ton histoire est un peu tirée par les cheveux your story is a little far-fetched to say the least; c'est un peu tard! it's a bit late!; tu exagères ou pousses○ un peu! you're pushing it a bit○!;

5 ○( pour renforcer une affirmation) il est un peu bien ton copain! your boyfriend is a bit of all right○!; ‘tu le ferais toi?’-‘un peu (que je le ferais)!’ ‘would you do it?’-‘I sure would○!’; comme organisateur il se pose un peu là! as an organizer he's great!

F peu à peu loc adv gradually, little by little; les nuages se dissiperont peu à peu the clouds will gradually clear.

G pour un peu loc adv very nearly; pour un peu ils se seraient battus they very nearly had a fight; pour un peu il m'aurait insulté! he very nearly insulted me!

H pour peu que loc conj if; pour peu qu'il ait bu, il va nous raconter sa vie if he's had anything at all to drink, he'll tell us his life story.

[pø] adverbe

A.[EMPLOYÉ SEUL]

1. [modifiant un verbe] little, not much

il mange/parle peu he doesn't eat/talk much

je le connais peu I don't know him well

c'est peu le connaître it just shows how little you know him

il vient très peu he comes very rarely, he very seldom comes

on s'est très peu vu we saw very little of each other

j'ai trop peu confiance en elle I don't trust her enough

2. [modifiant un adjectif, un adverbe etc] not very

une avenue peu fréquentée a quiet street

il est assez peu soigneux he doesn't take much care

l'alibi est fort peu crédible the alibi is highly implausible

peu avant shortly ou not long before

peu après soon after, shortly ou not long after

je ne suis pas peu fier du résultat I'm more than a little proud of the result

B.[EMPLOI NOMINAL]

1. (avec déterminant) [indiquant la faible quantité]

le peu que tu gagnes the little you earn

(sans déterminant)

il vit de peu he lives off very little

il est mon aîné de peu he's only slightly older than me

il a raté son examen de peu (familier) he just failed his exam, he failed his exam by a hair's breadth

c'est peu it's not much

hommes/gens de peu (littéraire) worthless men/people

c'est peu (que) de le dire, encore faut-il le faire! that's easier said than done!

c'est peu dire that's an understatement, that's putting it mildly

ce n'est pas peu dire! and that's saying something!

très peu pour moi! (familier) not on your life!

2. [dans le temps]

ils sont partis il y a peu they left a short while ago, they haven't long left

d'ici peu very soon, before long

vous aurez de mes nouvelles avant peu you'll hear from me before long

je travaille ici depuis peu I've only been working here for a while, I haven't been working here long

3. [quelques personnes] a few (people)

nous étions peu à le croire only a few of us believed it

C.[PRÉCÉDÉ DE 'UN']

1. [modifiant un verbe]

un peu a little, a bit

je le connais un peu I know him a little ou a bit

reste un peu avec moi stay with me for a while

veux-tu manger un peu? do you want something to eat?

pousse-toi un (tout) petit peu move up a (little) bit

viens un peu par là come here a minute

pose-lui un peu la question, et tu verras! just ask him, and you'll see!

fais voir un peu... let me have a look...

tu l'as vu? — un peu! (familier) did you see it? — you bet I did ou and how!

un peu que je vais lui dire ce que je pense! (familier) I'll give him a piece of my mind, don't you worry (about that)!

2. [modifiant un adjectif, un adverbe etc]

un peu a little, a bit

je suis un peu pressée I'm in a bit of a hurry

il est un peu poète he's a bit of a poet

un peu partout just about ou pretty much everywhere

un peu plus a little ou bit more

un peu plus de

a. [suivi d'un nom comptable] a few more

b. [suivi d'un nom non comptable] a little (bit) more

un peu moins a little ou bit less

roule un peu moins vite drive a little more slowly

un peu moins de

a. [suivi d'un nom comptable] slightly fewer, not so many

b. [suivi d'un nom non comptable] a little (bit) less

nous avons un peu moins de difficultés we're not having quite so many difficulties

un peu trop a little ou bit too (much)

il en fait vraiment un peu trop! he's really making too much of it!

un peu beaucoup (familier) a bit much

tu as bu un peu beaucoup hier soir (familier) you certainly had a few last night

elle est jolie — un peu, oui! (familier) she's pretty — just a bit!

un peu plus et l'évier débordait! another minute and the sink would have overflowed!

un peu plus et on se serait cru au bord de la mer you could almost imagine that you were at the seaside

un peu plus, et je partais I was just about to leave

un peu plus et je me faisais écraser! I was within an inch of being run over!

peu à peu locution adverbiale

little by little, bit by bit, gradually

on s'habitue, peu à peu you get used to things, bit by bit ou gradually

————————

peu de locution déterminante

1. [suivi d'un nom non comptable] not much, little

[suivi d'un nom comptable] not many, few

cela a peu d'intérêt it's of little interest

peu de temps: je ne reste que peu de temps I'm only staying for a short while, I'm not staying long

il n'a que peu de temps à me consacrer he can only give me a small amount of time

peu de temps avant/après not long before/after

il y avait peu de neige there wasn't much snow

j'ai peu d'amis I have few friends, I don't have many friends

en peu de mots in a few words

on est peu de chose what an insignificant thing man is

c'est peu de chose it's nothing

2. [avec un déterminant]

le peu de

a. [suivi d'un nom comptable] the ou what few

b. [suivi d'un nom non comptable] the ou what little

le peu de connaissances que j'ai the ou what few acquaintances I have

le peu de fois où je l'ai vu on the few ou rare occasions when I've seen him

le peu d'expérience que j'avais what little experience I had

son peu d'enthousiasme his lack of enthusiasm

avec ce peu de matériel/d'idées with such limited material/ideas

peu ou prou locution adverbiale

(littéraire)

more or less

————————

pour peu que locution conjonctive

pour peu qu'il le veuille, il réussira if he wants to, he'll succeed

pour un peu locution adverbiale

pour un peu il m'accuserait! he's all but accusing me!

pour un peu, j'oubliais mes clés I nearly forgot my keys

————————

quelque peu locution adverbiale

(soutenu)

1. [modifiant un verbe] just a little

2. [modifiant un adjectif] somewhat, rather

il était quelque peu éméché he was somewhat ou rather tipsy

————————

quelque peu de locution déterminante

(soutenu)

not a little

————————

si peu que locution conjonctive

si peu que j'y aille, j'apprécie toujours beaucoup l'opéra although I don't go very often, I always like the opera very much

————————

si peu... que locution conjonctive

si peu réaliste qu'il soit however unrealistic he may be

————————

sous peu locution adverbiale

before long, in a short while

vous recevrez sous peu les résultats de vos analyses you will receive the results of your tests in a short while

————————

un peu de locution déterminante

a little (bit) of

prends un peu de gâteau have a little ou some cake

un peu de tout a bit of everything

avec un peu de chance... with a little luck...

allons, un peu de patience! come on, let's be patient!

avec un (tout) petit peu de bonne volonté... with (just) a little willingness...

tu l'as quitté par dépit? — il y a un petit peu de ça so you left him in a fit of pique? — that was partly it ou that was part of the reason

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > peu

4 also

['ɔːlsəʊ]
adv

1) также, тоже

He can also sing a little. — Он также немного поет.

He has been to England and also to some other countries. — Он был в Англии, а также в некоторых других странах.

They will also go there. — Они тоже туда поедут.

My girl-friend was also called Ann. — Мою подругу тоже звали Аней.

- it should also be remembered that..

2) к тому же, притом, и, и к тому же

He was displeased, also angry. — Он был недоволен и к тому же сердит.

I'll take the car because it is a long walk from the station. Also the forecast is for rain. — Я возьму машину, потому что вокзал далеко. К тому же по прогнозу погоды ожидается дождь.

•

USAGE:

(1). Also 1. связывает две части предложения или два самостоятельных предложения выражая солидарность с первым утверждением. Обычно also 1. стоит перед смысловым глаголом и не может стоять в конце предложения. В конце предложения это значение передается английскими too и as well as: The boy also reads very much. Cp. The boy reads very much too. I was so busy that I missed lunch and dinner as well. Я был так занят, что пропустил ленч, а так же и обед. (2). Also 1. употребляется в полных утвердительных и вопросительных предложениях. В полных отрицательных предложениях это значение присоединения передается словом either: He doesn't know it either. Он тоже этого не знает. Don't you know his name either? Вы разве тоже не знаете как его зовут? (3). Русское "тоже" в кратких ответах, выражающих солидарность с положительным утверждением передается оборотом so + do (does, is, can... etc) I (we, etc): He went to bed early - So did I. Русское "тоже" в кратких ответах, выражающих солидарность с отрицательным утверждением, соответствует обороту с neither + do (does, is, etc) I (he, etc): He doesn't like such films. - Neither does she. Ему не нравятся такие фильмы. - Ей тоже. He has never been to the North. - Neither have I. Он никогда не был на севере. - Я тоже. (4). Also 2. в отличие от also 1., обычно стоит в начале или конце предложения и, как правило, не только связывает два утверждения, но вводит дополнительную, иногда неожиданную, информацию: This article is easier and shorter also. Эта статья легче и к тому же короче. No, I won't slay for a drink. I'm driving. Also, I have to get up early tomorrow. Нет, я пить не буду. Я на машине. К тому же, мне завтра рано вставать. Think carefully about whether you really want that job. Also, are you able to move house if you do get it. Подумай хорошенько, хочешь ли ты получить эту работу. И к тому же, ты можешь сюда перебраться (переехать) если ты ее получишь

English-Russian combinatory dictionary > also

5 after

ˈɑ:ftə
1. предл.
1) за, позади (местонахождение, следование Run after him and catch him! ≈ Беги за ним и поймай! Syn: behind
2.
1)
2) за (следование по порядку расположения или по важности) one after another ≈ один за другим
3) после, за ( указывает на следование во времени) ;
через, спустя( указывает на промежуток времени) After two years' absence Richard returned to England. ≈ После двухлетнего отсутствия Ричард вернулся в Англию.
4) указывает на цель to go after gold ≈ отправиться за золотом
5) указывает на объект внимания, заботы и других действий to look after smb. ≈ смотреть за кем-л. My mother asked after you. ≈ Моя мама спрашивала, как Вы себя чувствуете. He shouted after me down the street. ≈ Он закричал мне вдогонку.
6) несмотря на( указывает на логическое противопоставление, чаще всего в сочетании after all;
амер. afterall) after all our advice ≈ несмотря на все наши советы
7) по, с, в соответствии с( образцом, моделью, модой, привычкой и т. п.) to build after the particular pattern ≈ строить по конкретному образцу after the latest fashion ≈ по последней моде Each acted after his kind. ≈ Каждый действовал по-своему.
8) (указывает на сходство с чем-л. или подражание чему-л.) He takes after his father. ≈ Он во всем похож на отца.
9) указывает на человека, в честь которого дали имя He was named after his grandpa. ≈ Его назвали в честь дедушки. ∙ after all ≈ в конце концов after a manner ≈ не очень хорошо, неважно what is he after? ≈ что ему нужно?;
куда он гнет? who is he after? ≈ кто ему нужен?
2. союз после того как
3. нареч.
1) позади, сзади Syn: behind
2) позднее, позже;
потом, затем;
впоследствии soon after ≈ вскоре после этого Syn: afterward, later, later on
4. прил.
1) задний, расположенный сзади the after part of the ship ≈ кормовая часть корабля Syn: back, hind, hinder, posterior
1.
1)
2) последующий, следующий in after years ≈ в будущем our own after experience ≈ наш собственный последующий опыт Syn: following, next, posterior
1.
2), subsequent
последующий;
позднейший;
- in * years в будущем;
- an * period of life последние годы жизни обыкн. (морское) задний, кормовой;
- the * part of the ship кормовая часть корабля;
- * hold задний трюм, кормовой трюм потом, затем;
позднее;
впоследствии;
- three years * спустя три года;
- the morning * на следующее уттро;
- you speak first, I shall speak * сначала говорите вы, а затем скажу я;
- I never saw him * я никогда его больше не видел;
- soon * вскоре после того;
- they lived happily ever * (фольклор) и жили они долго и счастливо до глубокой старости;
стали жить-поживать да добра наживать сзади, позади;
- to follow * идти следом во временном значении указывает на: последовательную смену явлений: после - * the revolution после революции;
- * Sunday comes Monday за воскресеньем следует понедельник;
- * dark с наступлением темноты промежуток времени, точку отсчета или обстоятельство, после которого что-л происходит: после;
через, спустя - * two years' absence после двухлетнего отсутствия;
- * a year через год, спустя год;
- it is * five теперь шестой час;
- * a while через некоторое время, немного погодя;
- * examining the patient the doctor wrote a prescription осмотрев больного, доктор выписал рецепт;
- the day * tomorrow послезавтра в пространственном значении указывает на: местонахождение позади кого-л, чего-л: за, позади - the school is just * the club школа находится сразу за клубом движение вслед за кем-л, чем-л.: за, вслед за - to walk * smb. идти за кем-л;
- the dogs ran * the fox собаки гнались за лисой;
- they threw stones * him они кидали камни ему вслед;
- shut the door * you закройте за собой дверь;
- * you! прошу вас! (уступая кому-л. дорогу, пропуская кого-л. вперед) указывает на следование по порядку или по важности: за - B comes * A Б идет за А;
- one * another один за другим;
- he reads page * page он читает страницу за страницей;
- day * day день за днем;
изо дня в день;
- time * time не раз, постоянно указывает на причину: после - * what has happened he won't go после того, что произошло, он не пойдет;
- * what you have said I shall be more careful после того, что вы сказали, я буду осторожнее указывает на цель или направление поисков: в погоне, разыскивая - I'm * a decent job я хочу устроится на хорошую работу;
- who is he *? кого он ищет?;
- she is * a husband она ищет себе мужа;
- what are they *? что им нужно? указывает на проявление заботы, внимания: о, относительно - to ask * smb. спрашивать о ком-л;
- he asked * your health он справлялся о вашем здоровье;
- who will look * the baby? кто будет присматривать за ребенком? - I can look * myself я сумею о себе позаботиться указывает на соответствие чему-л, подражание какому-л образцу, сходство с кем-л: согласно, по - he behaved * his nature его поведение соответствовало его характеру;
- this is * my own heart это мне по сердцу;
- * the same pattern по тому же образцу;
- a painting * Titian картина в подражание Тициану;
- she was dressed * the latest fashion она была одета по последней моде;
- he takes * his father он похож на отца указывает на человека, в честь которого кто-л назван: в честь, по имени - he was named * his uncle ему дали имя в честь его дяди (коммерческое) в соответствии, как указано;
- * sight по предъявлении;
- * a date от сего числа в сочетаниях;
- * all после, несмотря на;
в конце концов;
все же - * all my care the vase was broken несмотря на то, что я был очень осторожен, ваза разбилась;
- * all our advice you took that course несмотря на все наши советы, вы так поступили;
- * all, what does it matter? какое это имеет значение, в конце концов? - I was right * all! все же я был прав после того как;
- I reached the station * the train had left я приехал на вокзал после того, как поезд ушел( разговорное) время после полудня;
- this * сегодня днем

after prep выражает уступительность несмотря на;
after all my trouble he has learnt nothing несмотря на все мои старания, он ничему не научился;
after all в конце концов ~ задний;
the after part of the ship кормовая часть корабля ~ prep указывает на внимание, заботу ( о ком-л.) о, за;
to look (after smb.) смотреть (за кем-л.) ;
to ask (или toinquire) (after smb.) спрашивать, справляться( о ком-л.) ~ prep указывает на сходство (с чем-л.) или подражание (чему-л.) по, с, согласно;
after the same pattern по тому же образцу;
an etching after Gainsborough гравюра с (картины или рисунка) Гейнсборо ~ позднее;
потом, затем;
впоследствии;
soon after вскоре после этого ~ cj после того как;
soon after he arrived he began to work at school по приезде он стал работать в школе ~ последующий;
in after years в будущем ~ сзади, позади ~ prep указывает на местонахождение позади данного предмета или движение вдогонку за, позади;
my name comes after yours моя фамилия стоит за вашей;
she entered after her sister она вошла вслед за своей сестрой ~ prep указывает на последовательную смену явлений или промежуток времени, после которого произошло или произойдет действие после, за, через, спустя

~ a manner не очень хорошо, неважно;
what is he after? что ему нужно?;
куда он гнет?;
who is he after? кто ему нужен? manner: after a ~ как-нибудь

after prep выражает уступительность несмотря на;
after all my trouble he has learnt nothing несмотря на все мои старания, он ничему не научился;
after all в конце концов amount: to ~ to very little, not to ~ to much быть незначительным, не иметь большого значения;
what, after all, does it amount to? что, в конце концов, это означает?

after prep выражает уступительность несмотря на;
after all my trouble he has learnt nothing несмотря на все мои старания, он ничему не научился;
after all в конце концов

day ~ day день за днем;
she will come after supper она придет после ужина;
they met after ten years они встретились через десять лет;
after his arrival после его приезда

~ задний;
the after part of the ship кормовая часть корабля

~ the latest fashion по последней моде;
the boy takes after his father сын во всем похож на отца;
each acted after his kind каждый действовал по-своему

~ prep указывает на сходство (с чем-л.) или подражание (чему-л.) по, с, согласно;
after the same pattern по тому же образцу;
an etching after Gainsborough гравюра с (картины или рисунка) Гейнсборо

~ prep указывает на сходство (с чем-л.) или подражание (чему-л.) по, с, согласно;
after the same pattern по тому же образцу;
an etching after Gainsborough гравюра с (картины или рисунка) Гейнсборо

~ prep указывает на внимание, заботу (о ком-л.) о, за;
to look (after smb.) смотреть (за кем-л.) ;
to ask (или toinquire) (after smb.) спрашивать, справляться( о ком-л.) ask: ask запрашивать ~ назначать цену ~ осведомляться (about, after, for) ;
to ask after a person's health осведомиться о (чьем-л.) здоровье ~ приглашать( разг. тж. ask out) ~ приглашать ~ (за) просить;
to ask 250 pounds for a horse запросить 250 фунтов за лошадь ~ (по) просить;
to ask a favour( for help) просить об одолжении (о помощи) ~ просить ~ спрашивать, хотеть видеть( for) ;
a boy is asking for you тебя какой-то мальчик спрашивает ~ спрашивать;
to ask a question задавать вопрос ~ спрашивать ~ требовать;
it asks (for) attention это требует внимания;
ask me another! разг. не знаю, не спрашивай(те) меня! ~ требовать axe: ~ диал. см. ask

be dated ~ иметь более позднюю дату

~ the latest fashion по последней моде;
the boy takes after his father сын во всем похож на отца;
each acted after his kind каждый действовал по-своему

day ~ day день за днем;
she will come after supper она придет после ужина;
they met after ten years они встретились через десять лет;
after his arrival после его приезда

~ the latest fashion по последней моде;
the boy takes after his father сын во всем похож на отца;
each acted after his kind каждый действовал по-своему

~ последующий;
in after years в будущем

~ prep указывает на внимание, заботу (о ком-л.) о, за;
to look (after smb.) смотреть (за кем-л.) ;
to ask (или toinquire) (after smb.) спрашивать, справляться (о ком-л.) look: look взгляд;
to have (или to take) a look at посмотреть на;
ознакомиться с ~ взгляд ~ вид, наружность;
good looks красота;
миловидность ~ вид ~ выглядеть ~ выражать( взглядом, видом) ;
he looked his thanks весь его вид выражал благодарность ~ выражение (глаз, лица) ;
a vacant look отсутствующий взгляд ~ выходить на..., быть обращенным на...;
my room looks south моя комната выходит на юг ~ как глагол-связка в составном именном сказуемом выглядеть, казаться;
to look well (ill) выглядеть хорошо (плохо) ;
to look big принимать важный вид ~ наружность ~ вчт. поиск ~ проверять ~ вчт. просмотр ~ смотреть, глядеть;
осматривать;
перен. быть внимательным, следить;
to look ahead смотреть вперед (в будущее) ;
look ahead! берегись!;
осторожно! ~ вчт. смотреть ~ смотреть

look ~ заботиться look: ~ after присматривать за, заботиться о ~ after следить глазами, взглядом

~ prep указывает на местонахождение позади данного предмета или движение вдогонку за, позади;
my name comes after yours моя фамилия стоит за вашей;
she entered after her sister она вошла вслед за своей сестрой

rank ~ идти непосредственно за

~ prep указывает на местонахождение позади данного предмета или движение вдогонку за, позади;
my name comes after yours моя фамилия стоит за вашей;
she entered after her sister она вошла вслед за своей сестрой

day ~ day день за днем;
she will come after supper она придет после ужина;
they met after ten years они встретились через десять лет;
after his arrival после его приезда

~ позднее;
потом, затем;
впоследствии;
soon after вскоре после этого

~ cj после того как;
soon after he arrived he began to work at school по приезде он стал работать в школе

day ~ day день за днем;
she will come after supper она придет после ужина;
they met after ten years они встретились через десять лет;
after his arrival после его приезда

~ a manner не очень хорошо, неважно;
what is he after? что ему нужно?;
куда он гнет?;
who is he after? кто ему нужен?

~ a manner не очень хорошо, неважно;
what is he after? что ему нужно?;
куда он гнет?;
who is he after? кто ему нужен?

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > after

6 не идёт на ум

( кому)

разг.

1) (нет желания делать что-либо, думать о чём-либо; не до того кому-либо) one cannot think about smth.; one cannot get his mind onto smth.

Во все эти дни обычная работа ему не шла вовсе на ум. Он только приготовлялся и ждал минуты, когда раздастся звонок. (Н. Гоголь, Портрет) — Over the next few days he could not get his mind on to his usual work. He was constantly on tenterhooks, waiting for moment when the doorbell would ring.

- Сложно всё, Коля. До чёртиков сложно! Давай, пожалуй, на этом закончим сегодня, а не то и рыбалка на ум не пойдёт. (М. Шолохов, Они сражались за Родину) — 'Everything's complicated, Kolya. Hellishly complicated! We'd better leave it at that for today, or we won't be able to think about our fishing.'

2) (не усваивается, не запоминается, не воспринимается что-либо) nothing will stay in one's mind; one cannot take in anything of what he reads, learns, etc.

Я, Варенька, старый неучёный человек; смолоду не выучился, а теперь и в ум ничего не пойдёт, коли снова учиться начинать. (Ф. Достоевский, Бедные люди) — I am an old man, my dear, old and ignorant. When I was young I learned very little and now nothing will stay in my mind even if I should try to learn from the beginning.

Командующий снова взял газету, но чтение не шло на ум. (А. Фадеев, Рождение Амгуньского полка) — The commander picked up the paper again but did not take in anything of what he read.

Русско-английский фразеологический словарь > не идёт на ум

7 decir

v.

1 to say.

decir que sí/no to say yes/no

dice que no viene she says (that) she is not coming

¿cómo se dice “estación” en inglés? how do you say “estación” in English?

dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summer

Ella dijo la razón She said the reason.

Ella dijo incongruencias She said=uttered inconsistencies.

Esa historia dice algo cierto That story says something that is true.

2 to tell.

¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?

¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?

decir a alguien que haga algo to tell somebody to do something

decir la verdad to tell the truth

Decirle la verdad a Ricardo To tell the truth to Richard= To tell Richard the truth.

Le dije I told him.

3 to recite, to read.

4 to tell, to show.

eso lo dice todo that says it all

decir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for

5 to call.

le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death

6 to say to.

Ella había dicho hacer eso She had said to do that.

7 to say about.

Ese estudio dice mil años That study says about one thousand years.

* * *

DECIR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

digo, dices, dice, decimos, decís, dicen.

Past Indicative

dije, dijiste, dijo, dijimos, dijisteis, dijeron.

Future Indicative

diré, dirás, dirá, diremos, diréis, dirán.

Conditional

diría, dirías, diría, diríamos, diríais, dirían.

Present Subjunctive

diga, digas, diga, digamos, digáis, digan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

dijera, dijeras, dijera, dijéramos, dijerais, dijeran;

dijese, dijeses, dijese, dijésemos, dijeseis, dijesen.

Future Subjunctive

dijere, dijeres, dijere, dijéremos, dijereis, dijeren.

Imperative

di (tú), diga (él/Vd.), digamos (nos.), decid (vos.), digan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

dicho,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to say

2) tell

3) speak

•

- decirse

* * *
DECIR ¿"Say" o "tell"? Decir se puede traducir por say o por tell. Por regla general, say simplemente {dice} y tell {informa} u {ordena hacer algo}. ► Decir generalmente se traduce por say en estilo directo. Normalmente no lleva un complemento de persona pero si se menciona a quién se está dirigiendo el hablante, el complemento de persona tiene que ir precedido por la preposición to: "Ya son las tres", dije "It's already three o'clock," I said "¡Qué tiempo más malo!" Eso fue lo único que me dijo "What awful weather!" That's all he said to me ► En estilo indirecto, decir se puede traducir por say cuando simplemente se cuenta lo que alguien ha dicho. Si say lleva complemento de persona, este se coloca después del complemento directo: Dijo que se tenía que marchar He said he had to leave Me dijo algo que no entendí He said something to me that I didn't understand ► Decir se traduce por tell cuando se {informa} o se {ordena hacer algo}. Suele llevar un objeto de persona sin la preposición to: Me dijo que tenía una entrevista de trabajo He told me he had a job interview ¡Te he dicho que no lo toques! I told you not to touch it! ► Hay algunos usos idiomáticos en los que decir se traduce por tell aunque no lleva complemento de persona. Por ejemplo: to tell the truth (decir la verdad) y to tell a lie (decir una mentira). Otros verbos ► Si decir va acompañado de un calificativo en español, a menudo se puede traducir al inglés por otros verbos que no sean say o tell: "Lo he perdido todo", dijo entre sollozos "I've lost everything," she sobbed Dijo con voz ronca algo sobre necesitar un médico He croaked something about needing a doctor Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada Para otras expresiones con el participio, ver dicho.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=afirmar) to say

ya sabe decir varias palabras — she can already say several words, she already knows several words

- tengo prisa -dijo — "I'm in a hurry," she said

viene y dice: -estás despedido — * he goes, "you're fired" *

olvídalo, no he dicho nada — forget I said anything

¿decía usted? — you were saying?

• [como] dicen los madrileños — as they say in Madrid

como decía mi abuela — as my grandmother used to say

como iba diciendo... — as I was saying...

¿cómo ha dicho usted? — pardon?, what did you say?

• decir para {o} entre [sí] — to say to o.s.
decir que to say (that)
mi amigo dice que eres muy guapa — my friend says (that) you're very pretty

dicen que... — they say (that)..., people say (that)...

el cartel dice claramente que... — the sign says clearly {o} clearly states that...

decir que sí/no — to say yes/no

-¿viene? -dice que sí — "is she coming?" - "she says she is {o} she says so"

la miré y me dijo que sí/no con la cabeza — I looked at her and she nodded/shook her head
adiós 2.
2) decir algo a algn to tell sb sth

¿quién te lo dijo? — who told you?

se lo dije bien claro, pero no me hizo caso — I told her quite clearly, but she didn't take any notice of me

tengo algo que decirte — there's something I want to tell you, I've got something to tell you

hoy nos dicen las notas — they're telling {o} giving us our results today
decir a algn que ({+ indic}) to tell sb (that)
me dijo que no vendría — he told me (that) he wouldn't come

ya te dije que no tiene ni idea — I told you he hasn't got a clue

¿no te digo que no puedo ir? — I've already told you I can't go
decir a algn que ({+ subjun}) (=ordenar) to tell sb to ({+ infin}); (=pedir) to ask sb to ({+ infin})
la profesora me dijo que esperara fuera — the teacher told me to wait outside

le dije que fuera más tarde — I told her to go later

dile que venga a cenar mañana con nosotros — ask him to come and have supper with us tomorrow

te digo que te calles — I said shut up

3) (=contar) [+ mentiras, verdad, secreto] to tell

decir tonterías — to talk nonsense
verdad 1)
4) (=llamar) to call

¿cómo le dicen a esto en Perú? — what do they call this in Peru?

se llama Francisco, pero le dicen Paco — his name is Francisco, but he's known as Paco

le dicen "el torero" — he's known as "el torero"

en México se le dice "recámara" al dormitorio — in Mexico they say "recámara" instead of "dormitorio"

• me dijo de [todo] — he called me all the names under the sun

5) (=opinar) to say

podemos ir a Portugal, ¿tú qué dices? — we could go to Portugal, what do you say?

¿tu familia qué dice de la boda? — what does your family say about the wedding?

6) [rectificando]

había 8, digo 9 — there were 8, I mean 9

dirá usted aquel otro — you must mean that other one

¡qué digo! — what am I saying?

7) [texto] to say

no puedo leer lo que dice — I can't read what it says

no me dice nada este libro — this book leaves me cold

• como dice el [refrán]... — as the saying goes...

8) [+ misa] to say

9) [locuciones en indicativo]

digo... — Méx well, er...

mis súbditos se presentarán ante mí ¡he dicho! — my subjects shall appear before me: I have spoken!

• y dice [bien] — and he is quite right

• [como quien] dice — (=de alguna manera) so to speak; (=aproximadamente) in a way, more or less

aunque no es el director es, como quien dice, el que manda en la empresa — although he isn't the manager, he's the person in charge, so to speak, of the company

está, como quien dice, aquí al lado — it's just round the corner, as they say

como quien no dice nada — quite casually, as though it wasn't important

• [lo mismo] digo — likewise

- gracias por todo -lo mismo digo — "thank you for everything" - "likewise!" {o} "thanks to you too!"

• pero dice [mal] — but he is wrong

• pues si esto te parece mucha gente, no te digo [nada] en verano — if you think this is a lot of people, you should see it in summer

• no lo digo [por] ti — I'm not referring to you, I'm not getting at you

• sí, [porque tú] lo digas — yes, sir, aye, aye, captain! iró

• ¿[qué me] dices? — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!

• [si tú] lo dices — if you say so

• eso digo [yo] — that's (just) what I say

deberías buscar trabajo, vamos, digo yo — you ought to look for a job, that's what I say, if you ask me, you ought to look for a job

¡si te lo digo yo! — of course it's true!

¡lo digo yo y basta! — you will do it because I say so!

• ¡[y que] lo digas! — you can say that again!

- decir digo donde dijo Diego

- no dijo ni pío

- dime con quien andas y te diré quien eres

10) [locuciones en infinitivo]

• [dar] que decir (a la gente) — to make people talk, set tongues wagging

• [es] decir — that is (to say)

mi prima, es decir, la hija de Ana — my cousin, that is (to say) Ana's daughter

• [ir] a decir, ¡a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

• es [mucho] decir — that's saying something

• [ni que] decir tiene que... — it goes without saying that...

• [no hay más] que decir — there's nothing more to say

• para decirlo con otras [palabras] — to put it another way, in other words

• decir [por] decir — to talk for talking's sake

• [por así] decirlo — so to speak

• [querer] decir — to mean

¿qué quiere decir "spatha"? — what does "spatha" mean?

¿qué quiere usted decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

¿querrás decir un millón, no un billón? — do you mean a million rather than a billion?

• [ya es] decir — that's saying something

les ha costado más cara que mi casa, y eso ya es decir — it cost them more than my house did, and that's saying something

11) [locuciones en subjuntivo, imperativo]

no es que yo lo diga, pero... — it's not because I say so, but...

es, digamos, un comerciante — he's a dealer, for want of a better word, he's a sort of dealer

¡haberlo dicho!, ¡me lo hubieras dicho! — you could have told me {o} said!

• digámoslo [así] — so to speak, for want of a better word

• digan [lo que] digan — whatever they say

• y [no] digamos... — not to mention...

y su madre, no digamos — not to mention his mother

• no es muy guapa [que] digamos — she's not what you'd call pretty, she's not exactly pretty

no estuvo muy cortés, que digamos — he wasn't what you'd call polite, he wasn't exactly polite

• ¡[no me] digas! — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!

• ¿qué [quieres] que te diga? — what can I say?

12) [locuciones en condicional]

¿cómo (lo) diría yo? — how shall I put it?

¿cómo diríamos? — how shall I put it?

¡quién lo diría! — would you believe it!, who would have thought it!

13) el qué dirán

pero no quiso por el qué dirán — but she didn't want to because of what people might say

se preocupa mucho por el qué dirán — she's always worried about what people will say {o} think

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [invitando a hablar]

-¿te puedo pedir un favor? -dime — "can I ask you a favour?" - "go ahead"

¿diga?, ¿dígame? — [al teléfono] hello?

usted dirá — [invitando a hablar] go ahead; [sirviendo bebida] say when; [en tienda] can I help you?

-¿te gustaría cambiar de coche? -¡hombre, ya me dirás! — "would you like a new car?" - "you bet I would!"

2) (=indicar)

su nombre no me dice nada — her name doesn't mean anything to me

su mirada lo dice todo — her expression says it all {o} speaks volumes

• eso dice mucho [de] su personalidad — that says a lot about her personality

una situación que tan mal dice de nuestro gobierno — a situation which shows our government in such a bad light

3.

See:

decirse

* * *
I
masculino

¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tell

[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2]

ya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now

no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that

no digas estupideces — don't talk nonsense!

¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?

¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?

no lo dirás en serio! — you can't be serious!

dijo que sí con la cabeza — he nodded

dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country

no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

eso no se dice! — you mustn't say that!

¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?

bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty

es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying

haberlo dicho antes — why didn't you say so before?

¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will

¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't

digan lo que digan — whatever people say

¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)

2)

decirle algo a alguien — to tell somebody something

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí — that's not what he told me

¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

se lo voy a decir a papá — I'm going to tell Dad

hoy nos dicen el resultado — they're going to give us the result today

Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano — Andrés told me about your brother

a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

ya te lo decía yo! — I told you so!

fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible

no me digas que no es precioso! — isn't it beautiful?

dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres — you can judge a man by the company he keeps

3)

a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)

porque lo digo yo! — because I say so!

harás lo que yo diga — you'll do as I say

papá dice que vayas — Dad wants you

dice que llames cuando llegues — she says (you are) to phone when you get there

dijo que tuviéramos cuidado — she said to be careful

decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf

diles que empiecen — tell them to start

le dije que no lo hiciera — I told him not to do it

b)

decir adiós — to say goodbye

decirle adiós a alguien — to say goodbye to somebody

di adiós a tu vida de estudiante — you'd better say goodbye to your student days

4) ( por escrito) to say

¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?

el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto — there's nothing in the paper about it

5) ( llamar) to call

se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo — her name is Rosario but people call her Charo

6) (sugerir, comunicar)

la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them

el tiempo lo dirá — time will tell

algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil — something told me it wasn't going to be easy

¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?

7)

decir misa — to say mass

8)

querer decir — to mean

¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

9) (opinar, pensar) to think

¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

quién lo hubiera dicho! — who would have thought o believed it?

habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...

10) (en locs)

a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest

como quien dice — so to speak

con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I
2.
decir vi

a) ( invitando a hablar)

papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?

quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead

tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?

b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono)

¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?
3.
decirse v pron

a) (refl) to say... to oneself

b) (recípr) to say.... to each other

se decían secretos al oído — they were whispering secrets to each other

se dijeron de todo — they called each other every name under the sun

c) (enf)

yo sé lo que me digo — I know what I'm talking about

tú te lo dices todo — you seem to have all the answers

* * *

= declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.

Ex. 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.

Ex. As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.

Ex. This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....

Ex. In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.

Ex. Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.

Ex. Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.

Ex. 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.

Ex. However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.

Ex. Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.

Ex. It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.

Ex. 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.

Ex. 'Sit down please,' he bade her.

Ex. 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.

Ex. The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.

Ex. 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.

Ex. He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.

Ex. As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.

----

* ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.

* a decir de todos = by all accounts.

* a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.

* a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....

* arriesgarse a decir = hazard.

* atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.

* aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.

* aventurarse a decir = venture.

* baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.

* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* continuar diciendo = go on.

* cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.

* decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.

* decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).

* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.

* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.

* decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.

* decir a favor de = say in + favour of.

* decir Algo = break + the news.

* decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.

* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.

* decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.

* decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.

* decir bolas = fib.

* decir bromeando = quip.

* decir chorradas = bullshit.

* decir con desdén = sneer.

* decir con desprecio = sneer.

* decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.

* decir con mal humor = spit out.

* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.

* decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.

* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.

* decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir en confianza = confide.

* decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.

* decir entrecordamente = splurt out.

* decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.

* decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.

* decir + esperar = express + hope.

* decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir humorísticamente = quip.

* decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.

* decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.

* decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.

* decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

* decirlo = come out with + it.

* decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.

* decir mentirijillas = fib.

* decir mentirillas = fib.

* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.

* decir pamplinas = bullshit.

* decir + poseer = claim.

* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.

* decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.

* decir resoplando = snort.

* decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.

* decirse que = be reputed to.

* decir suspirando = sigh.

* decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir una grosería = make + rude remark.

* demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.

* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* el tiempo dirá = time will tell.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.

* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* huelga decir = needless to say.

* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.

* me atrevo a decir = may I say.

* ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* no decir nada = keep + quiet.

* no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.

* no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.

* ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.

* no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.

* no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.

* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.

* por no decir nunca = if ever.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.

* probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* qué me dices de... = what about....

* querer decir = mean.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....

* recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* se decía que = rumour had it that.

* se dice = so the story goes.

* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.

* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.

* según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.

* sin decir nada = dumbly.

* sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.

* sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.

* * *
I
masculino

¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tell

[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2]

ya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now

no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that

no digas estupideces — don't talk nonsense!

¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?

¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?

no lo dirás en serio! — you can't be serious!

dijo que sí con la cabeza — he nodded

dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country

no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

eso no se dice! — you mustn't say that!

¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?

bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty

es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying

haberlo dicho antes — why didn't you say so before?

¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will

¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't

digan lo que digan — whatever people say

¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)

2)

decirle algo a alguien — to tell somebody something

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí — that's not what he told me

¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

se lo voy a decir a papá — I'm going to tell Dad

hoy nos dicen el resultado — they're going to give us the result today

Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano — Andrés told me about your brother

a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

ya te lo decía yo! — I told you so!

fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible

no me digas que no es precioso! — isn't it beautiful?

dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres — you can judge a man by the company he keeps

3)

a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)

porque lo digo yo! — because I say so!

harás lo que yo diga — you'll do as I say

papá dice que vayas — Dad wants you

dice que llames cuando llegues — she says (you are) to phone when you get there

dijo que tuviéramos cuidado — she said to be careful

decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf

diles que empiecen — tell them to start

le dije que no lo hiciera — I told him not to do it

b)

decir adiós — to say goodbye

decirle adiós a alguien — to say goodbye to somebody

di adiós a tu vida de estudiante — you'd better say goodbye to your student days

4) ( por escrito) to say

¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?

el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto — there's nothing in the paper about it

5) ( llamar) to call

se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo — her name is Rosario but people call her Charo

6) (sugerir, comunicar)

la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them

el tiempo lo dirá — time will tell

algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil — something told me it wasn't going to be easy

¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?

7)

decir misa — to say mass

8)

querer decir — to mean

¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

9) (opinar, pensar) to think

¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

quién lo hubiera dicho! — who would have thought o believed it?

habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...

10) (en locs)

a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest

como quien dice — so to speak

con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I
2.
decir vi

a) ( invitando a hablar)

papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?

quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead

tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?

b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono)

¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?
3.
decirse v pron

a) (refl) to say... to oneself

b) (recípr) to say.... to each other

se decían secretos al oído — they were whispering secrets to each other

se dijeron de todo — they called each other every name under the sun

c) (enf)

yo sé lo que me digo — I know what I'm talking about

tú te lo dices todo — you seem to have all the answers

* * *

= declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.

Ex: 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.

Ex: As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.

Ex: This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....

Ex: In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.

Ex: Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.

Ex: Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.

Ex: 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.

Ex: However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.

Ex: Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.

Ex: It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.

Ex: 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.

Ex: 'Sit down please,' he bade her.

Ex: 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.

Ex: The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.

Ex: 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.

Ex: He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.

Ex: As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.

* ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.

* a decir de todos = by all accounts.

* a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.

* a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....

* arriesgarse a decir = hazard.

* atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.

* aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.

* aventurarse a decir = venture.

* baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.

* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* continuar diciendo = go on.

* cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.

* decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.

* decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).

* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.

* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.

* decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.

* decir a favor de = say in + favour of.

* decir Algo = break + the news.

* decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.

* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.

* decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.

* decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.

* decir bolas = fib.

* decir bromeando = quip.

* decir chorradas = bullshit.

* decir con desdén = sneer.

* decir con desprecio = sneer.

* decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.

* decir con mal humor = spit out.

* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.

* decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.

* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.

* decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir en confianza = confide.

* decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.

* decir entrecordamente = splurt out.

* decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.

* decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.

* decir + esperar = express + hope.

* decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir humorísticamente = quip.

* decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.

* decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.

* decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.

* decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

* decirlo = come out with + it.

* decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.

* decir mentirijillas = fib.

* decir mentirillas = fib.

* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.

* decir pamplinas = bullshit.

* decir + poseer = claim.

* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.

* decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.

* decir resoplando = snort.

* decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.

* decirse que = be reputed to.

* decir suspirando = sigh.

* decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir una grosería = make + rude remark.

* demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.

* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* el tiempo dirá = time will tell.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.

* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* huelga decir = needless to say.

* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.

* me atrevo a decir = may I say.

* ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* no decir nada = keep + quiet.

* no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.

* no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.

* ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.

* no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.

* no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.

* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.

* por no decir nunca = if ever.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.

* probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* qué me dices de... = what about....

* querer decir = mean.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....

* recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* se decía que = rumour had it that.

* se dice = so the story goes.

* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.

* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.

* según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.

* sin decir nada = dumbly.

* sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.

* sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.

* * *

decir¹

masculine

1

(manera de expresarse): en el decir popular in popular speech

¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, it's just a manner of speaking o a figure of speech

supongamos, es un decir, que … let's assume, just for the sake of argument, that …

al decir de la gente, el clima está cambiando people say the climate is changing

2 decires mpl (dichos) sayings (pl); (rumores) talk

no son más que decires it's just talk

decir² [ I24 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ decir (verbo transitivo)

A decir: palabra, mentira etc

B decirle algo a alguien

C

1 transmitiendo órdenes, deseos etc

2 decir adiós

D por escrito

E llamar

F sugerir, comunicar

G decir misa

H

1 querer decir

2 digo (al rectificar)

I opinar, pensar

J en locuciones

■ decir (verbo intransitivo)

A

1 invitando a hablar

2 al contestar el teléfono

B decir bien/mal de

■ decirse (verbo pronominal)

1 reflexivo

2 recíproco

3 para enfatizar

vt

A ‹palabra/frase› to say; ‹mentira/verdad› to tell; ‹poema› to say, recite; ‹oración› to say

[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2] ya dice `mamá' he says ‘mama’ now

no digas esas cosas, por favor please don't say things like that

no digas estupideces/barbaridades don't talk nonsense o ( AmE) garbage o ( BrE) rubbish

¿cómo pudiste decir semejante disparate? how could you say such a stupid thing o make such a stupid comment?

no me dejó decir ni una palabra he didn't let me get a word in edgeways

¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?

no sé qué decir … un millón de gracias I don't know what to say … thank you very much indeed

¡qué callado estás! ¡no dices nada! you're very quiet, you've hardly said a word!

¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!

¡no irás a decir que no lo sabías! don't try and tell me you didn't know!

dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded

—no puedo hacer nada —dijo Juan there is nothing I can do, said Juan o Juan said

como dice el refrán/mi abuela as the saying goes/as my grandmother says

lo dijeron por la radio they said it o it was announced on the radio

no eran ricos, digamos que vivían bien I don't mean they were rich, let's just say they lived well

dicen que de joven fue muy guapa they say she was very beautiful when she was young

dicen que es el hombre más rico del país he is said to be the richest man in the country

¿qué se dice? — gracias/por favor what do you say? — thank you/please

no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!

¿cómo se dice `te quiero' en ruso? how do you say `I love you' in Russian?, what's the Russian for `I love you'?

bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es she's not what you would call pretty

estoy harta, lo que se dice harta ¿me oyes? I'm fed up, absolutely fed up, do you hear?

eso se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil that's easier said than done

palatal: dícese del sonido cuya articulación … palatal: of, relating to or denoting a sound articulated …

es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado it's on Saturday; you're invited, of course, but that goes without saying o but I don't need to tell you that

haberlo dicho antes why didn't you say so before?, you might have said so before!

¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? — dice que sí will he have time to do it? — he says he will

¿no lo encontró? — dice que no didn't he find it? — no, he says he didn't

digan lo que digan no matter what people say, whatever people say

¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? ( RPl fam); hi, how are things? ( colloq), hi, what's up? ( AmE colloq)

B

decirle algo a algn to tell sb sth

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what he told me, that's not what he said to me

¿sabes qué me dijo? do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

se lo voy a decir a papá I'm going to tell Dad

hoy nos dicen el resultado they're going to give us the result today

me dijo una mentira he told me a lie, he lied to me

Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano Andrés told me about your brother

¡a mí me lo vas a decir! you're telling me!, you don't have to tell me!

¿sabes lo que te digo? por mí que se muera look, as far as I'm concerned he can drop dead! ( colloq)

¿no te digo? éste se cree que yo soy la sirvienta see what I mean? he thinks I'm his servant

¿no te digo or no te estoy diciendo que hasta le pega? I'm telling you, he even hits her!

¿tú qué me aconsejas? — ¿qué quieres que te diga? tienes que tomar tú la decisión what do you think I should do? — well, to be quite frank o honest, I think you have to decide for yourself

ya te decía yo que no era verdad I told you it wasn't true, didn't I?

fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco it was terrible, I just can't describe it o I can't begin to tell you

hace mal tiempo en verano, y no te digo nada en invierno … in summer the weather's bad, and as for the winter …

¡no me digas que no es precioso! isn't it beautiful?

a lo mejor te ofrecen el puesto ¿quién te dice? (CS); you never know, they might offer you the job

me resultó ¿cómo te diría? … violento I found it … how shall I put it? o I don't know … rather embarrassing

¡ya me dirás qué le cuesta escribirnos una carta! I mean, surely it's not too much trouble for him to write us a letter

no te creas todo lo que te dicen don't believe everything people tell you o everything you hear

dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres you can judge a man by the company he keeps

C

1

(transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias): ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!

a mí nadie me dice lo que tengo que hacer nobody tells me what to do

harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say

manda decir mi mamá que si le puede prestar el martillo ( AmL); mom says can she borrow your hammer?

Fernando pregunta si puede venir con nosotros — dile que sí Fernando wants to know if he can come with us — yes, tell him he can o say yes

decir QUE + SUBJ:

dice papá que vayas Dad wants you

dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there

dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful, she said we should be careful

decirle a algn QUE + SUBJ to tell sb to + INF

diles que empiecen tell them to start

le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it

nos dijeron que esperáramos they told us o we were told to wait

te digo que vengas aquí enseguida I said, come here at once

2

decir adiós to say goodbye

vino a decirme adiós she came to say goodbye (to me)

di adiós a tu vida de estudiante that's the end of your student days, you'd better say goodbye to your student days

¿se lo prestaste? ¡ya le puedes decir adiós! you mean you lent it to him? well, you can kiss that goodbye! ( colloq)

D (por escrito) to say

¿qué dice aquí? what does it say here?

el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto there's nothing in the paper about it

E (llamar) to call

le dicen `Dumbo' por las orejas they call him `Dumbo' because of his ears

se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo her name is Rosario but people call her Charo

no me digas de usted there's no need to call me `usted'

F

(sugerir, comunicar): la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona the way someone dresses says a lot o tells you a lot about them

el tiempo lo dirá time will tell

por afuera la casa no dice nada the house doesn't look much from the outside

el poema no me dice nada the poem doesn't do anything for me

algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil something told me it wasn't going to be easy

¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?

la tarta estaba diciendo cómeme the cake was just asking to be eaten

G

decir misa to say mass

H

1

querer decir to mean

¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? what does this word mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?

no entendiste lo que quise decir you didn't understand what I meant

¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

sólo quería decirte que … I just wanted to say that …

2

digo (al rectificar) I mean

el presupuesto asciende a diez mil, digo cien mil de euros we have a budget of ten thousand, (sorry,) I mean a hundred thousand euros

I (opinar, pensar) to think

¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

podríamos ir mañana ¿tú qué dices? we could go tomorrow, what do you think?

¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?

podría haber mencionado al resto del equipo, vamos, digo yo … he could have mentioned the rest of the team … well I'd have thought so, anyway

habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …

J ( en locuciones):

a decir verdad to tell you the truth, to be honest

como quien dice so to speak

el nuevo tren está, como quien dice, a la vuelta de la esquina the new train is, so to speak o to coin a phrase, just around the corner

la granja es, como quien dice, la razón de su vida I suppose you could say the farm is his whole reason for living

con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda … he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me

decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it

¡digo! ( Esp fam): ¡qué calor hace! — ¡digo! it's so hot! — you can say that again o I'll say! ( colloq)

¿y te gusta? — ¡digo! do you like it? — you bet I do o ( AmE) I sure do! ( colloq)

es decir that is

mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is

no sé si voy a poder ir — es decir que no vas a ir I don't know if I'll be able to go — you mean you're not going

es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año — eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year — I wouldn't go that far

¡he dicho! that's that!, that's final!

lo mismo digo: mucho gusto en conocerle — lo mismo digo pleased to meet you — pleased to meet you o likewise

¡qué alegría verte! — lo mismo digo it's great to see you! — and you o you too

¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! ( colloq)

¿sabes que se casa Lola? — ¡no me digas! do you know Lola's getting married? — no! o you're joking! o really? o never!

por así decirlo so to speak

es, por así decirlo, el alma-máter de la empresa he is, so to speak o as it were, the driving force behind the company

que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent

¿qué me dices?: saqué el primer puesto ¿qué me dices? I came first, how about that then?

¿y qué me dices de lo de Carlos? and what about Carlos then?

¿sabes que lo van a derribar? — ¿qué me dices? do you know they're going to demolish it? — what? o you're kidding!

¡que no se diga! shame on you!

¿te ganó un niño de seis años? ¡que no se diga! you were beaten by a six-year-old child? shame on you!

¡que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it

se dice pronto no less

costó $20.000 ¡se dice pronto! it cost $20,000, which is no mean sum

lleva dos meses enferma, que se dice pronto she has been ill for two months, and that's a long time

¡y que lo digas! ( Esp); you can say that again!, you're telling me!, don't I know it!

y (ya) no digamos or ( AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics …

el/la que te dije ( fam hum); you-know-who

el qué dirán ( fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán she's always been worried what other people (might) think

¿por qué te preocupa tanto el qué dirán? why do you worry about what people will o might say?

ver tb dicho¹ (↑ dicho (1))

■ decir

vi

A

1

(invitando a hablar): papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?

quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá ( frml); I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead

tome asiento — gracias — usted dirá ( frml); take a seat — thank you — now, what can I do for you?

2

( Esp) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?

B

decir bien/mal de algn/algo: sus trabajos dicen bien de él his work has created a good impression

la manera en que se comportó no dice muy bien de él the way he behaved doesn't show him in a very good light o doesn't say very much for him

■ decirse

v pron

1 ( reflexivo) to say to oneself

se dijo que no lo volvería a hacer he said to himself o he told himself that he wouldn't do it again

me dije para mis adentros que allí había gato encerrado I said o thought to myself, there's something fishy going on here

2 ( recíproco) to say to each other

se decían secretos al oído they were whispering secrets to each other

se dijeron de todo they called each other every name under the sun

3 ( enf):

tú hazme caso que yo sé lo que me digo you listen to me, I know what I'm talking about

no sé para qué me preguntas, si tú te lo dices todo I don't know why you're asking me, you seem to have all the answers

* * *

decir 1 sustantivo masculino:
◊ ¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, figuratively speaking

decir 2 ( conjugate decir) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹palabra/frase/poema› to say;

‹mentira/verdad› to tell;
para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2
◊ no digas estupideces don't talk nonsense!;

¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?;
¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!;
dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded;
no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve';
¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!;
¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? how do you say `love' in Russian?;
¿lo encontró? — dice que sí/no did he find it? — he says he did/he didn't
b)

◊ decir misa to say mass

2 decirle algo a algn to tell sb sth;
◊ voy a decirle a papá que … I'm going to tell Dad …;

¡ya te lo decía yo! I told you so!
3
a) (expresando órdenes, deseos, advertencias):

◊ ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!;

harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say;
dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there;
dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful;
diles que empiecen tell them to start;
le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it
b)

◊ decir(le) adiós (a algn) to say goodbye (to sb)

4
a) (opinar, pensar) to think;

◊ ¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?;

¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?;
es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …
b) (sugerir, comunicar):

◊ el tiempo lo dirá time will tell;

¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?
5
◊ querer decir [palabra/persona] to mean;

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?
6 ( en locs)
◊ a decir verdad to tell you the truth, to be honest;

como quien dice so to speak;
es decir that is;
¡he dicho! that's that o final!;
ni que decir tiene que … it goes without saying that …;
¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq);
por así decirlo so to speak;
el qué dirán (fam) what other people (might) think;
ver tb dicho 1
verbo intransitivo
a) ( invitando a hablar):

◊ papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?;

quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead
b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?

decirse verbo pronominal
a) ( refl) to say … to oneself

b) ( recípr) to say …. to each other;

◊ se decían secretos al oído they were whispering secrets to each other

decir
I m (dicho, sentencia) saying: es sólo un decir, it's just a manner of speaking
II verbo transitivo
1 to say: está diciendo una mentira/la verdad, she's telling a lie/the truth
no dijo nada, he said nothing
2 (con complemento indirecto) to tell: no le dije mi opinión, I didn't tell him my opinion
les dijo que esperaran un rato, she told them to wait for a while
3 (opinar, afirmar, proponer) ¿qué me dices de mi nuevo corte de pelo?, what do you think of my new haircut?, te digo que es una extravagancia, I think it's quite weird
yo digo que vayamos a Cuenca, I suggest going to Cuenca
4 (suscitar interés, una idea) to mean, appeal: ese libro no me dice nada, that book doesn't appeal to me
¿le dice algo esta cara?, does this face mean anything to you?
5 (mostrar, indicar) to say, show: lo que hizo dice mucho en su favor, what he did says a lot for him
su cara de decepción lo dice todo, his long face says it all
♦ Locuciones: Tel Esp diga o dígame, hello?
digamos, let's say
digo yo, in my opinion
el qué dirán, what people will say
es decir, that is (to say)
ni que decir tiene, needless to say
no decir esta boca es mía, not to say a word
¡no me digas!, really!
por así decirlo, as it were o so to speak
querer decir, to mean
¡y que lo digas!, you bet! ➣ Ver nota en mean
¿To tell o to say?
Observa que to tell menciona a la persona a la cual va dirigida una frase: Dime tu nombre. Tell me your name. Les dijo que se fueran. He told them to go away.
Por el contrario, to say se centra en el contenido del mensaje, sin importarnos a quién va dirigido: ¿Qué has dicho? What did you say? Dijo que sí. He said yes. ➣ Ver nota en tell.
' decir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- amén
- amohinarse
- año
- apéndice
- atinar
- bala
- barbaridad
- bastante
- burrada
- callar
- chorrada
- colmo
- comenzar
- confiar
- cosa
- declarar
- delirar
- descargo
- despedirse
- dilucidar
- disparate
- entender
- excusada
- excusado
- flexible
- fluir
- ir
- haber
- hablar
- holgar
- honestamente
- hoy
- lengua
- maravilla
- mu
- nada
- obviedad
- pelagatos
- pío
- precisamente
- puño
- querer
- rezar
- restar
- rey
- saciedad
- señor
- significar
- soltar
English:
ablaze
- abuse
- afraid
- anything
- bid
- bite back
- blurt out
- buzz off
- caller
- clear off
- dash off
- devil
- dinner
- distinctly
- drone
- enjoy
- eventual
- ever
- few
- flatter
- flounder
- fortune
- gasp out
- get
- get at
- go
- go on
- hand
- heart
- hotly
- i.e.
- keep in
- know
- lip
- loss
- mean
- mention
- mildly
- mind
- miserably
- mouth
- move
- need
- needless
- neither
- no
- nonsense
- O
- occasion
- oops!

* * *

decir

♦ vt

1. [en general] to say;

siempre digo lo que pienso I always say what I think;

es muy callado, nunca dice nada he's very quiet, he never says anything o a word;

¿qué dice la etiqueta? what does the label say?;

no digas tonterías don't talk nonsense;

no digas tacos delante de los niños don't swear in front of the children;

lo dijo en broma she meant it as a joke;

¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?;

me da igual lo que diga la gente I don't care what people say;

al decir esto, se marchó with these words o with that, he left;

no sabía qué decir I didn't know what to say, I was lost for words;

decir que sí/no to say yes/no;

dice que no viene she says (that) she's not coming;

como dice el refrán,… as the saying goes,…;

dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summer;

Comp

¡díjolo Blas, punto redondo! sure, whatever!, yes, sure!;

Comp

donde dije digo, digo Diego: ayer dijiste que me lo dejarías – sí, pero no puedo – ya, donde dije digo, digo Diego yesterday you told me you'd lend it to me – yes, but I can't now – you're always saying one thing one minute and another the next

2. [contar] to tell;

se lo voy a decir a la profesora I'm going to tell the teacher;

no se lo digas a nadie don't breathe a word of it to anyone;

¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?;

ya te lo había dicho yo, es demasiado caro I told you it's too expensive;

decir la verdad to tell the truth;

decir mentiras to tell lies;

pregunta si le dejas salir – dile que sí/no she wants to know if she can go out – tell her she can/can't;

quiere saber si hemos terminado – dile que sí/no he wants to know if we've finished – tell him we have/haven't;

dile que estoy ocupado tell him I'm busy;

dígame lo que pasó tell me what happened;

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what she told me;

tengo que hacerte una pregunta – dime I need to ask you a question – go ahead;

dígame en qué puedo ayudarle what can I do for you?

3. [ordenar] to tell;

la ley dice que es obligatorio el uso del casco according to the law, it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet, the law says that it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet;

decir a alguien que haga algo to tell sb to do sth;

haz lo que te digan y no protestes do as you're told and don't complain;

dile que venga tell her to come;

nos dijeron que nos fuéramos they told us to go away;

lo vas a hacer porque lo digo yo you'll do it because I say so

4. [recitar] [de memoria] to recite;
[leyendo] to read
5. [revelar] to tell, to show;

eso lo dice todo that says it all;

decir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for;

sus ropas dicen bastante sobre su situación económica her clothes say a lot about her financial situation;

su violenta reacción dice mucho sobre su personalidad his violent reaction tells us o reveals a lot about his personality

6. [llamar] to call;

me dicen Paco they call me Paco;

le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death

7. [asegurar] to tell, to assure;

te digo que ella no está mintiendo I tell you o assure you (that) she isn't lying;

dice que llegará mañana sin falta she says (that) she'll definitely arrive tomorrow

8. [en frases]
a decir verdad, no me apetece nada ir a la boda to tell (you) the truth o to be honest, I don't really feel like going to the wedding;

como quien no dice nada as if it were nothing;

olvídalo, como si no hubiera dicho nada forget I ever mentioned it;

con decirte que me marché a los diez minutos, te puedes imaginar como fue la fiesta if I tell you that I left after ten minutes, you can imagine what the party was like;

cualquiera diría que no le dan de comer en casa anyone would o you'd think she never gets fed at home;

decir para sí to say to oneself;

decir por decir to talk for the sake of talking;

no te lo tomes en serio, lo dijo por decir don't take it seriously, she didn't really mean it;

decirle a alguien cuatro verdades to tell sb a few home truths;

es decir that is, that's to say;

aracnofobia, es decir miedo a las arañas arachnophobia, that is o that's to say, fear of spiders;

tengo otra cita – es decir, que no vendrás a la inauguración I've got another engagement – you mean o in other words you're not coming to the opening ceremony;

encantado de conocerte – lo mismo digo pleased to meet you – likewise;

tu primer examen estaba muy mal, y lo mismo digo del segundo you did very poorly in your first exam, and the same goes for the second one;

ni que decir tiene needless to say;

yo no digo o [m5]no quiero decir nada, pero… it's not for me to say, but…;

¿sabías que Santiago se ha casado? – ¡no me digas! did you know that Santiago got married? – no! o never!;

¡no me digas que no te gusta! don't tell me you don't like it!;

el tenis/este cuadro no me dice nada tennis/this picture doesn't do anything for me;

no hay más que decir that's all there is to it, that's that;

(o) mejor dicho or rather;

por más que digas, no le veo nada especial a esta ciudad whatever you say, I don't see what's so special about this city;

por decirlo así, por así decirlo in other words, so to speak;
RP Fam
¿qué decís? how are you doing?, how are things?;

preocuparse por el qué dirán to worry about what people will say;

no está lloviendo mucho que digamos it's not exactly raining hard;

él no es muy inteligente que digamos he isn't what you'd call intelligent;

ha sufrido un infarto – ¡qué me dices! she's had a heart attack – no! o surely not!;

¡quién lo diría! tan rico y sin embargo tan humilde who would have thought it, such a rich person and yet so humble!;

tardarán en construirlo cinco años, ¡se dice pronto! they're going to take five years, no less, to build it!;

yo lo hago en cinco minutos – eso se dice pronto, no sabes lo difícil que es I'll have it done in five minutes – that's easily said, you've no idea how difficult it is;

si tú lo dices if you say so;

¡tú lo has dicho! you said it!;
Esp
¡y que lo digas! you can say that again!;

y no digamos, Am [m5]ya no se diga, Am [m5] ni se diga to say nothing of;

no le gusta el pescado y no digamos el pollo she doesn't like fish, to say nothing of chicken

♦ vi

como quien dice, como si dijéramos so to speak;

es, como si dijéramos, una mezcla de danza y teatro it's a sort of mixture of dance and theatre;

es, como quien dice, el alma de la empresa he is, so to speak, the soul of the company;
Esp
¿diga?, ¿dígame? [al teléfono] hello?;
Fam
¡digo! [¡ya lo creo!] of course!;
[¡madre mía!] I say!;
tenemos muchas ganas de ir de vacaciones, y nuestros hijos, no digamos we can't wait to go on holiday, and as for our children…

♦ See also the pronominal verb decirse

* * *

decir

<part dicho>

I v/t

1 say; ( contar) tell;

decir misa say mass;

decir que sí say yes;

decir que no say no;

se dice que … they say that …, it’s said that …;

diga lo que diga whatever he says;

¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you expect me to say?;

decir entre o

para sí say to o.s.

2 con infinitivo

:

querer decir mean;

es decir in other words;

dar que decir set people talking;

ni que decir tiene (que) it goes without saying (that);

por así decirlo so to speak;

ya es decir that’s saying something;

que ya es decir which is really something;

es mucho decir that’s saying a lot

3 con participio

:

¡quién hubiera dicho que María se iba casar! who would have thought that Maria would get married!;

dicho y hecho no sooner said than done;

mejor dicho or rather;

dicho sea de paso incidentally;

está dicho, lo dicho as I have already said

4

:

no es rico, que digamos let’s say he’s not rich;

¡no me digas! you’re kidding!;

¡dímelo a mí! tell me about it!, you’re telling me!;

como quien dice so to speak;

y que lo digas you bet;

¿y qué me dices de …? so what do you think of …?;

usted dirá how can I help you?;

ya decía yo que iba a acabar mal I knew it would end badly;

¡quién lo diría! who would believe it!;

¡cualquiera diría que tiene setenta años! who would have thought he was seventy!, you wouldn’t think o believe he was seventy!

II v/i

:

¡diga!, ¡dígame! Esp
TELEC hello
III m saying;

es un decir it’s just a figure of speech

* * *

decir {23} vt

1) : to say

dice que no quiere ir: she says she doesn't want to go

2) : to tell

dime lo que estás pensando: tell me what you're thinking

3) : to speak, to talk

no digas tonterías: don't talk nonsense

4) : to call

me dicen Rosy: they call me Rosy

5)

es decir : that is to say

6)

querer decir : to mean

♦ See also the reflexive verb decirse

* * *

decir¹ n saying

decir² vb

1. (en general) to say [pt. & pp. said]

¿qué ha dicho? what did he say?

dijo que estaba cansada she said she was tired

¿cómo se dice "biblioteca" en inglés? how do you say "biblioteca" in English?

2. (a alguien) to tell [pt. & pp. told]

me dijo que estaba cansada she told me she was tired

no se lo digas a nadie don't tell anybody

3. (para dar órdenes) to tell

me dijo que fuera en seguida she told me to go at once

4. (llamar) to call

le dicen "Chapi" people call him "Chapi"

dime / dígame (en tienda etc) yes?

es decir that is / that is to say

¿diga? / ¿dígame? (por teléfono) hello?

sin decir nada without a word

Spanish-English dictionary > decir

8 mucho

adj.

a lot of, too much, much, plenty of.

adv.

1 a lot, much, very much, a great deal.

2 very often, too often.

m.

a great deal, quite much, much, a lot.

* * *

mucho

► adjetivo

1 (singular - en afirmativas) a lot of; (- en negativas, interrogativas) a lot of, much

■ hicieron mucho ruido they made a lot of noise

■ no tiene mucho dinero he hasn't got a lot of/much money

■ ¿nos queda mucha gasolina? have we got a lot of/much petrol left?

2 (plural - en afirmativas) a lot of, lots of; (- en negativas, interrogativas) a lot of, many

■ son muchos socios en ese club the club has a lot of members

■ hay mucha gente esperando there are a lot of people waiting

■ tiene muchos discos he's got lots of records

■ no hay muchas copas there aren't a lot of/many glasses

■ ¿tienes muchos libros? have you got a lot of/many books?

■ hace mucho calor/frío it's very hot/cold

■ tengo mucha hambre/sed I'm very hungry/thirsty

3 (demasiado - singular) too much; (- plural) too many

■ es mucho trabajo para una sola persona it's too much work for just one person

■ el proyecto supone demasiados problemas the project involves too many problems

■ ya son muchas preguntas that's far too many questions

► pronombre

1 (singular) a lot, much; (plural) a lot, many

■ no me queda mucho por hacer I haven't got much left to do

■ muchos de ellos acudieron many of them came

■ muchos de mis amigos viven en el extranjero a lot of my friends live abroad

■ muchos dicen que no es apto para el trabajo a lot of people say he's not suitable for the job

► adverbio

1 (de cantidad) a lot, much

■ mucho mejor/peor much better/worse

■ era mucho más peligroso de lo que pensábamos it was much more dangerous than we thought

■ se preocupa mucho por ellos he worries a lot about them

■ me gusta mucho I like it a lot

■ lo siento mucho I'm really sorry

■ me alegro mucho de verte I'm very pleased to see you

■ ¿te ha gustado la película? --sí, mucho did you like the film? --yes, very much

■ ¿estaba buena la comida? --sí, mucho was the food good? --yes, very good

2 (de tiempo)

■ mucho antes/después much earlier/later

■ hace mucho que no nos vemos we haven't seen each other for a long time

3 (de frecuencia) often

■ no vienen mucho por aquí they don't come here often

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

como mucho at the most

■ te pagarán como mucho treinta euros they'll pay you thirty euros at the most

con mucho by far

■ es con mucho el mejor concursante he's the best competitor by far

muy mucho familiar very much so

ni con mucho nowhere near as

■ no es ni con mucho tan inteligente he's nowhere near as clever

ni mucho menos far from

■ no es ni mucho menos tonto he's far from stupid

por mucho que however much

■ por mucho que lo intentes no lo conseguirás you won't get it however much you try

* * *
1. (f. - mucha)
adj.

many, much, a lot of, plenty of
2. adv.
much, a lot

- como mucho
- con mucho
- mucho tiempo 3. (f. - mucha)
pron.

many, much, a lot

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [en singular] [en oraciones afirmativas] a lot of, lots of; [en oraciones interrogativas y negativas] a lot of, much

tengo mucho dinero — I have a lot of o lots of money

había mucha gente — there were a lot of o lots of people there

¿tienes mucho trabajo? — do you have a lot of o much work?

no tengo mucho dinero — I don't have a lot of o much money

hace mucho calor — it's very hot

tengo mucho frío — I'm very cold

tengo mucha hambre — I'm very hungry

tengo mucha sed — I'm very thirsty

tuve mucha suerte — I was very lucky

no hace mucho tiempo — not long ago

llevo aquí mucho tiempo — I've been here a long time

2) [en plural] [en oraciones afirmativas] a lot of, lots of; [en oraciones interrogativas y negativas] a lot of, many

tiene muchas plantas — he has got a lot of o lots of plants

muchas personas creen que no — a lot of o lots of people don't think so

se lo he dicho muchas veces — I've told him many o lots of times

¿había muchos niños en el parque? — were there a lot of o many children in the park?

no había muchos patos en el lago — there weren't a lot of o many ducks on the lake

3) * [con singular colectivo]

había mucho borracho — there were a lot of o lots of drunks there

hay mucho tonto suelto — there are a lot of o lots of idiots around

mucho beso, pero luego me critica por la espalda — she's all kisses, but then she criticizes me behind my back

4) (=demasiado)

es mucho dinero para un niño — it's too much money for a child

es mucha mujer para ti — * that woman is too much for you

esta es mucha casa para nosotros — * this house is too big for us

2. PRON

1) [en singular]

a) [en frases afirmativas] a lot, lots; [en frases interrogativas y negativas] a lot, much

tengo mucho que hacer — I have a lot o lots to do

tiene la culpa de mucho de lo que pasa — he's to blame for a lot of o much of what has happened

el plan tiene mucho de positivo — there's a lot about the plan that is positive

su discurso tiene mucho de fascista — his rhetoric contains a lot of fascist elements

¿has aprendido mucho en este trabajo? — have you learnt a lot o much from this job?

no tengo mucho que hacer — I haven't got a lot o much to do

-¿cuánto vino queda? -mucho — "how much wine is left?" - "a lot" o "lots"

b) [referido a tiempo] long

¿te vas a quedar mucho? — are you staying long?

no tardes mucho — don't be long

¿falta mucho para llegar? — will it be long till we arrive?

-¿cuánto nos queda para acabar? -mucho — "how long till we finish?" - "ages"

hace mucho que no salgo a bailar — it's a long time o ages since I went out dancing

2) [en plural] [en frases afirmativas] a lot, lots; [en frases interrogativas y negativas] a lot, many

somos muchos — there are a lot of o lots of us

son muchos los que no quieren — there are a lot o lots who don't want to

muchos dicen que... — a lot of o lots of o many people say that...

muchos de los ausentes — many of o a lot of those absent

-¿hay manzanas? -sí, pero no muchas — "are there any apples?" - "yes, but not many o not a lot"

¿vinieron muchos? — did many o a lot of people come?

-¿cuántos había? -muchos — "how many were there?" - "a lot" o "lots"

3. ADV

1) (=en gran cantidad) a lot

come mucho — she eats a lot

te quiero mucho — I love you very much o a lot

viene mucho — he comes often o a lot

me gusta mucho el jazz — I really like jazz, I like jazz a lot

sí señor, me gusta y mucho — I do indeed like it and I like it a lot

- son 75 euros -es mucho — "that will be 75 euros" - "that's a lot"

alegrarse mucho — to be very glad

correr mucho — to run fast

lo siento mucho — I'm very o really sorry

¡mucho lo sientes tú! — * a fat lot you care! *

trabajar mucho — to work hard

• mucho antes — long before

• mucho más — much o a lot more

• mucho menos — much o a lot less

• muy mucho, se guardará muy mucho de hacerlo — * he'll jolly well be careful not to do it *

• si no es mucho pedir — if that's not asking too much

eso es mucho pedir — it's a lot to ask

• pensárselo mucho, se lo pensó mucho antes de contestar — he thought long and hard about it before replying

• mucho peor — much o a lot worse

2) [en respuestas]

-¿estás cansado? -¡mucho! — "are you tired?" - "I certainly am!"

-¿te gusta? -no mucho — "do you like it?" - "not really"

3) [otras locuciones]

• como mucho — at (the) most

como mucho leo un libro al mes — at (the) most I read one book a month

• con mucho — by far, far and away

fue, con mucho, el mejor — he was by far the best, he was far and away the best

no se puede comparar, ni con mucho, a ninguna de nuestras ideas — it bears no comparison at all o you can't begin to compare it with any of our ideas

• cuando mucho — frm at (the) most

• tener a algn en mucho — to think highly of sb

• ni mucho menos, Juan no es ni mucho menos el que era — Juan is nothing like the man he was

mi intención no era insultarte, ni mucho menos — I in no way intended to insult you, I didn't intend to insult you, far from it

• por mucho que, por mucho que estudies — however hard you study

por mucho que lo quieras no debes mimarlo — no matter how much you love him, you shouldn't spoil him

* * *
I
adverbio

a) <salir/ayudar> a lot

me gusta muchísimo — I like it/her/him very much o a lot

funciona mucho mejor — it works much o a lot better

trabaja mucho — he works very hard

¿llueve mucho? — is it raining hard?

por mucho que insistas — no matter how much you insist

después de mucho discutir — after long discussions

b) ( en respuestas)

¿estás preocupado? - mucho — are you worried? - (yes, I am,) very

¿te gusta? - sí, mucho — do you like it? - yes, very much; para locs ver mucho III 3)
II
- cha adjetivo

1)

a) (sing) a lot of; ( en negativas e interrogativas) much, a lot of

¿tienes mucha hambre? — are you very hungry?

b) (pl) a lot of; ( en negativas e interrogativas) many, a lot of

somos muchos — there are a lot of us

¿recibiste muchos regalos? — did you get many o a lot of presents?

2) (sing)

a) (fam) ( con valor plural)

mucho elogio pero no me lo van a publicar — they're full of praise but they're not going to publish it

hay mucho sinvergüenza por ahí — there are a lot of rogues around

b) (fam) ( con valor ponderativo)

era mucho jugador para un equipo así — he was much too good a player for a team like that
III
- cha pronombre

1) (refiriéndose a cantidad, número)

mucho de lo que ha dicho — much o a lot of what he has said

tengo mucho que hacer — I have a lot to do

si no es mucho pedir — if it's not too much to ask

muchos creen que... — many (people) believe that...

2) mucho ( refiriéndose a tiempo) a long time

hace mucho que no lo vemos — we haven't seen him for a long time

¿falta mucho para llegar? — are we nearly there?

¿tuviste que esperar mucho? — did you have to wait long?

3) (en locs)

como mucho — at (the) most

con mucho — by far, easily

ni mucho menos — in no way

no es un buen pianista ni mucho menos — he isn't a good pianist, far from it

* * *

= heavily, much, widely, a great deal, eminent + Nombre, utmost, vitally + Verbo, plenty, to any great degree, severely, lots of, rather a lot, numerable, a whole lot (of), a great deal of, a good deal of, greatly, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], extensively, a barrel/barrow load of monkeys, bags of.

Ex. Regular overhaul of guiding is important, especially for the new user who may rely heavily upon it.

Ex. Although the 1949 code was much longer than its predecessor, the 1908 code, it only contained rules pertaining to headings.

Ex. An aggressive approach is made to publicity, with posters and leaflets distributed widely, visits to local shops, post offices, doctors surgeries etc, to drum up business, and the use of volunteers to hand out leaflets at street corners = Se inicia una campaña de publicidad enérgica, distribuyendo de forma general folletos y pósteres, visitando las tiendas, oficinas de correos y consultorías médicas de la localidad, etc., para promocionar el negocio, además de utilizar voluntarios para distribuir prospectos por las esquinas de las calles.

Ex. Thus charwomen and porters in a university work in an institution where books are used a great deal but they themselves are highly unlikely to use them.

Ex. 'I think it makes eminent sense, for the reasons I've outlined,' he said and started toward the door.

Ex. Indeed, he must take the utmost care never to jump to conclusions.

Ex. Though the reference librarian cannot enter the reference process until he receives the question from the enquirer he is vitally concerned about all of its stages.

Ex. One of the great glories of books is that there are plenty to suit everybody, no matter what our taste, our mood, our intellectual ability, age or living experience.

Ex. Consumer advice centres were not used to any great degree by the working classes or those groups most at risk as consumers -- the elderly, divorced, widowed and separated.

Ex. Pressure on space will create the desire on the part of the editor to limit severely the length any paper being published.

Ex. Though reference work is the backbone of their task, they do lots of things that are not reference work.

Ex. Carlyle has been dead nearly a hundred years, but many an academic would like to agree with Carlyle even if, perhaps, universities have changed rather a lot since his day.

Ex. During the past decade both groups have developed numerable measures to assess creative potential.

Ex. For the libraries in Belgium CD-ROM offers a new range of possibilities and a whole lot of reference works will be searchable and much more used.

Ex. As earlier sections amply demonstrate, there is a great deal of choice with regards to data bases.

Ex. There is a good deal of scope for users and novice cataloguers to find difficulty in identifying the appropriate heading for many of the works which are the responsibility of corporate bodies.

Ex. The computer can greatly assist in thesaurus compilation and updating.

Ex. The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.

Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.

Ex. Fiction classifications are used extensively in public libraries.

Ex. The landlord is as mad as a barrel load of monkeys, but a fine man and ex-soldier.

Ex. His colleagues would say he's as daft as a brush, has bags of energy and enthusiasm but gets the job done.

----

* a costa de mucho = at (a) great expense.

* afectar mucho = hit + hard.

* Algo a lo que hay que dedicar mucho tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].

* Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].

* a muchos niveles = many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].

* andarse con mucho cuidado = walk on + eggshells, tread + the thin line between... and.

* andarse con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* arriesgar mucho = play (for) + high stakes.

* avanzar mucho = travel + a long way down the road.

* bajar mucho = go + way down.

* beber mucho = drink + heavily.

* bebida alcohólica con muchos grados = hard drink, hard liquor.

* cada vez mucho mayor = fast-increasing, exploding.

* causar muchas víctimas = take + a toll on life.

* como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.

* conceder mucha importancia a = lay + great store on.

* con mucha antelación = far in advance.

* con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.

* con mucha diferencia = by far.

* con mucha energía = high energy.

* con mucha frecuencia = very often.

* con mucha información = populated.

* con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-talking.

* con mucha palabrería = glibly.

* con mucha población = heavily populated.

* con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.

* con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.

* con muchas actividades = event-filled.

* con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.

* con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.

* con muchas imágenes = image intensive.

* con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.

* con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].

* con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.

* con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.

* con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].

* con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.

* con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.

* con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].

* con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.

* con muchos detalles = elaborately.

* con muchos eventos = event-filled.

* con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].

* con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.

* con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.

* con mucho trabajo = painfully.

* conseguir mucho = do + much.

* contener mucho = be high in.

* costar mucho trabajo = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-term, long-lost.

* dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* demandar mucho esfuerzo por parte de Alguien = tax + Posesivo + imagination.

* de muchas formas = in more ways than one.

* de muchas maneras = in every way.

* de mucho arraigo = long-established.

* de mucho beneficio = high-payoff.

* de mucho cuidado = badass.

* de mucho provecho = high-payoff.

* de muchos usos = all-purpose.

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desear mucha suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + the (very) best of luck.

* desempeñando muchas funciones = in many capacities.

* destacar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).

* día de mucho calor = scorcher.

* donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.

* durante el transcurso de muchos años = over many years.

* durante muchas horas = for many long hours.

* durante muchos años = for many years, for years to come, for many years to come, over many years, for years and years (and years).

* durante mucho tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], for generations, long-time [longtime], for a long time to come, for long periods of time, for a long period of time, lastingly, for a very long time, for many long hours, for a long time, in ages (and ages and ages).

* durar mucho = last + long.

* durar mucho rato = take + a long time.

* durar mucho tiempo = last + long.

* echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.

* echar mucho de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.

* echar mucho en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.

* el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.

* en muchos aspectos = in most respects.

* en muchos casos = in many instances.

* en muchos grupos = in many quarters.

* en muchos grupos de la población = in many quarters.

* en muchos sectores = in many quarters.

* en muchos sectores de la población = in many quarters.

* en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.

* escribir mucho sobre Algo = a lot + be written about, much + be written about.

* existen de muchos tipos = come in + many guises.

* existir mucha diferencia entre... y... = be a far cry from... to....

* faltar mucho = be a long way off.

* faltar mucho (para) = there + be + a long way to go (before), have + a long way to go (before).

* fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.

* ganar mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.

* guardar muchas esperanzas = get + Posesivo + hopes up.

* gustar mucho = come up + a treat, go down + a treat.

* gustar mucho las mujeres = womanise [womanize, -USA].

* gustar mucho lo dulce = have + a sweet tooth.

* haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.

* haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hace ya mucho tiempo que = gone are the days of.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* la mayoría con mucho = the vast majority of.

* llenar mucho = be filling.

* lo mucho que = how extensively.

* mucha gente + esperar que = be widely expected.

* muchas ganancias = high return.

* Muchas gracias = Thank you very much.

* muchas horas = long hours.

* muchas otras cosas = much else.

* muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.

* mucha suerte = best of luck.

* muchas veces = multiple times.

* mucho + Adjetivo = very much + Adjetivo, significantly + Adjetivo.

* mucho antes = early on.

* mucho antes de = well before.

* mucho + Comparativo = a good deal + Comparativo.

* mucho dinero = big bucks.

* mucho esfuerzo = hard work.

* mucho interés = keen interest.

* mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.

* mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo, far + Adjetivo Comparativo.

* mucho más + Adverbio/Adjetivo = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo, far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.

* mucho más allá de = far beyond.

* mucho más cerca = far closer.

* mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.

* mucho más rápido = far faster.

* mucho mayor = far greater, far larger, very much greater.

* mucho mejor = far better.

* mucho mejor que = far superior to.

* mucho menos = a great deal less, let alone, far less.

* mucho menos + Adjetivo = far + Adjetivo Comparativo.

* mucho + Nombre = a lot of + Nombre, bleeding + Adjetivo/Nombre.

* mucho peor = far worse.

* mucho que + Infinitivo = a lot + Infinitivo.

* mucho ruido y pocas nueces = much ado about nothing, storm in a teacup, Posesivo + bark is worse than + Posesivo + bite.

* muchos = many, good many, many a(n).

* muchos beneficios = high return.

* muchos jefes y pocos trabajadores = too many chiefs and not enough Indians.

* muchos más = a great many more.

* muchos + Nombre = a lot of + Nombre.

* mucho tiempo = long time, long periods of time, a very long time, long hours, ample time, for a long time.

* mucho tiempo antes de (que) = long before.

* mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.

* mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.

* mucho trabajo = hard graft.

* ni con mucho = not by a long shot.

* ni mucho menos = by any stretch (of the imagination), by any means, not by a long shot.

* no estar finalizado (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + completeness.

* no existir muchos indicios de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no hace mucho = in the recent past.

* no hace mucho tiempo = not so long ago.

* Nombre + no tardará mucho en = it won't be long before + Nombre.

* Nombre + no tardó mucho en = it wasn't long before + Nombre.

* no mucho después = not long after.

* no parar mucho en un sitio = live out of + a suitcase.

* no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.

* no perderse mucho = be no great loss.

* pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.

* pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.

* persona con mucha ambición = social climber.

* persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.

* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empe = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.

* por muchas razones = in many ways.

* por mucho que lo + intentar = try as + Pronombre + might.

* por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.

* por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.

* prometer mucho = promise + great possibilities, bode + well.

* que consume mucha CPU = CPU intensive.

* que consume mucha energía = energy-intensive.

* que contiene muchas imágenes = image intensive.

* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).

* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.

* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* que deja mucho al azar = hit-or-miss.

* que hay que dar muchas vueltas = circuitous.

* que hay que dedicarle mucho tiempo = time-intensive.

* que ocupa mucho espacio = space-consuming.

* que se percibe desde hace mucho tiempo = long-felt.

* que utiliza muchos recursos = resource-intensive.

* quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.

* resaltar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).

* saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.

* ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.

* ser mucho = be a mouthful.

* ser mucho más = be all the more.

* ser mucho más que = be far more than.

* sin mucha antelación = at short notice.

* sin mucha anticipación = at short notice.

* sin mucha dificultad = painlessly.

* sin muchas contemplaciones = unceremoniously.

* sin muchos inconvenientes = without much grudging.

* sin pensarlo mucho = off the top of + Posesivo + head.

* sorprenderse mucho = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* trabajando mucho = hard at work.

* trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.

* trabajar mucho = work + hard.

* usuario que hace mucho uso del préstamo = heavy borrower.

* venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.

* Verbo + mucho = Verbo + hard.

* y cuanto mucho menos = much less.

* y mucho más = and much more.

* y mucho menos = much less, least of all.

* y mucho(s) más = and more.

* * *
I
adverbio

a) <salir/ayudar> a lot

me gusta muchísimo — I like it/her/him very much o a lot

funciona mucho mejor — it works much o a lot better

trabaja mucho — he works very hard

¿llueve mucho? — is it raining hard?

por mucho que insistas — no matter how much you insist

después de mucho discutir — after long discussions

b) ( en respuestas)

¿estás preocupado? - mucho — are you worried? - (yes, I am,) very

¿te gusta? - sí, mucho — do you like it? - yes, very much; para locs ver mucho III 3)
II
- cha adjetivo

1)

a) (sing) a lot of; ( en negativas e interrogativas) much, a lot of

¿tienes mucha hambre? — are you very hungry?

b) (pl) a lot of; ( en negativas e interrogativas) many, a lot of

somos muchos — there are a lot of us

¿recibiste muchos regalos? — did you get many o a lot of presents?

2) (sing)

a) (fam) ( con valor plural)

mucho elogio pero no me lo van a publicar — they're full of praise but they're not going to publish it

hay mucho sinvergüenza por ahí — there are a lot of rogues around

b) (fam) ( con valor ponderativo)

era mucho jugador para un equipo así — he was much too good a player for a team like that
III
- cha pronombre

1) (refiriéndose a cantidad, número)

mucho de lo que ha dicho — much o a lot of what he has said

tengo mucho que hacer — I have a lot to do

si no es mucho pedir — if it's not too much to ask

muchos creen que... — many (people) believe that...

2) mucho ( refiriéndose a tiempo) a long time

hace mucho que no lo vemos — we haven't seen him for a long time

¿falta mucho para llegar? — are we nearly there?

¿tuviste que esperar mucho? — did you have to wait long?

3) (en locs)

como mucho — at (the) most

con mucho — by far, easily

ni mucho menos — in no way

no es un buen pianista ni mucho menos — he isn't a good pianist, far from it

* * *

= heavily, much, widely, a great deal, eminent + Nombre, utmost, vitally + Verbo, plenty, to any great degree, severely, lots of, rather a lot, numerable, a whole lot (of), a great deal of, a good deal of, greatly, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], extensively, a barrel/barrow load of monkeys, bags of.

Ex: Regular overhaul of guiding is important, especially for the new user who may rely heavily upon it.

Ex: Although the 1949 code was much longer than its predecessor, the 1908 code, it only contained rules pertaining to headings.

Ex: An aggressive approach is made to publicity, with posters and leaflets distributed widely, visits to local shops, post offices, doctors surgeries etc, to drum up business, and the use of volunteers to hand out leaflets at street corners = Se inicia una campaña de publicidad enérgica, distribuyendo de forma general folletos y pósteres, visitando las tiendas, oficinas de correos y consultorías médicas de la localidad, etc., para promocionar el negocio, además de utilizar voluntarios para distribuir prospectos por las esquinas de las calles.

Ex: Thus charwomen and porters in a university work in an institution where books are used a great deal but they themselves are highly unlikely to use them.

Ex: 'I think it makes eminent sense, for the reasons I've outlined,' he said and started toward the door.

Ex: Indeed, he must take the utmost care never to jump to conclusions.

Ex: Though the reference librarian cannot enter the reference process until he receives the question from the enquirer he is vitally concerned about all of its stages.

Ex: One of the great glories of books is that there are plenty to suit everybody, no matter what our taste, our mood, our intellectual ability, age or living experience.

Ex: Consumer advice centres were not used to any great degree by the working classes or those groups most at risk as consumers -- the elderly, divorced, widowed and separated.

Ex: Pressure on space will create the desire on the part of the editor to limit severely the length any paper being published.

Ex: Though reference work is the backbone of their task, they do lots of things that are not reference work.

Ex: Carlyle has been dead nearly a hundred years, but many an academic would like to agree with Carlyle even if, perhaps, universities have changed rather a lot since his day.

Ex: During the past decade both groups have developed numerable measures to assess creative potential.

Ex: For the libraries in Belgium CD-ROM offers a new range of possibilities and a whole lot of reference works will be searchable and much more used.

Ex: As earlier sections amply demonstrate, there is a great deal of choice with regards to data bases.

Ex: There is a good deal of scope for users and novice cataloguers to find difficulty in identifying the appropriate heading for many of the works which are the responsibility of corporate bodies.

Ex: The computer can greatly assist in thesaurus compilation and updating.

Ex: The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.

Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.

Ex: Fiction classifications are used extensively in public libraries.

Ex: The landlord is as mad as a barrel load of monkeys, but a fine man and ex-soldier.

Ex: His colleagues would say he's as daft as a brush, has bags of energy and enthusiasm but gets the job done.

* a costa de mucho = at (a) great expense.

* afectar mucho = hit + hard.

* Algo a lo que hay que dedicar mucho tiempo = time-consuming [time consuming].

* Algo que lleva mucho tiempo de hacer = time-consuming [time consuming].

* a muchos niveles = many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].

* andarse con mucho cuidado = walk on + eggshells, tread + the thin line between... and.

* andarse con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* arriesgar mucho = play (for) + high stakes.

* avanzar mucho = travel + a long way down the road.

* bajar mucho = go + way down.

* beber mucho = drink + heavily.

* bebida alcohólica con muchos grados = hard drink, hard liquor.

* cada vez mucho mayor = fast-increasing, exploding.

* causar muchas víctimas = take + a toll on life.

* como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.

* conceder mucha importancia a = lay + great store on.

* con mucha antelación = far in advance.

* con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.

* con mucha diferencia = by far.

* con mucha energía = high energy.

* con mucha frecuencia = very often.

* con mucha información = populated.

* con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-talking.

* con mucha palabrería = glibly.

* con mucha población = heavily populated.

* con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.

* con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.

* con muchas actividades = event-filled.

* con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.

* con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.

* con muchas imágenes = image intensive.

* con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.

* con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].

* con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.

* con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.

* con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].

* con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.

* con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.

* con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.

* con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].

* con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.

* con muchos detalles = elaborately.

* con muchos eventos = event-filled.

* con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].

* con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.

* con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.

* con mucho trabajo = painfully.

* conseguir mucho = do + much.

* contener mucho = be high in.

* costar mucho trabajo = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.

* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.

* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.

* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.

* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.

* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.

* de hace muchos años = long-standing.

* de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-term, long-lost.

* dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* demandar mucho esfuerzo por parte de Alguien = tax + Posesivo + imagination.

* de muchas formas = in more ways than one.

* de muchas maneras = in every way.

* de mucho arraigo = long-established.

* de mucho beneficio = high-payoff.

* de mucho cuidado = badass.

* de mucho provecho = high-payoff.

* de muchos usos = all-purpose.

* desde hace muchos años = for years.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], far back in time, for a long time, long since, in ages (and ages and ages).

* desear mucha suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + the (very) best of luck.

* desempeñando muchas funciones = in many capacities.

* destacar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).

* día de mucho calor = scorcher.

* donde cabe mucho también cabe poco = what holds a lot will hold a little.

* durante el transcurso de muchos años = over many years.

* durante muchas horas = for many long hours.

* durante muchos años = for many years, for years to come, for many years to come, over many years, for years and years (and years).

* durante mucho tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], for generations, long-time [longtime], for a long time to come, for long periods of time, for a long period of time, lastingly, for a very long time, for many long hours, for a long time, in ages (and ages and ages).

* durar mucho = last + long.

* durar mucho rato = take + a long time.

* durar mucho tiempo = last + long.

* echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.

* echar mucho de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.

* echar mucho en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.

* el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.

* en muchos aspectos = in most respects.

* en muchos casos = in many instances.

* en muchos grupos = in many quarters.

* en muchos grupos de la población = in many quarters.

* en muchos sectores = in many quarters.

* en muchos sectores de la población = in many quarters.

* en muchos sentidos = in many ways, in many respects, in most respects, in more ways than one.

* escribir mucho sobre Algo = a lot + be written about, much + be written about.

* existen de muchos tipos = come in + many guises.

* existir mucha diferencia entre... y... = be a far cry from... to....

* faltar mucho = be a long way off.

* faltar mucho (para) = there + be + a long way to go (before), have + a long way to go (before).

* fue durante mucho tiempo = long remained.

* ganar mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.

* guardar muchas esperanzas = get + Posesivo + hopes up.

* gustar mucho = come up + a treat, go down + a treat.

* gustar mucho las mujeres = womanise [womanize, -USA].

* gustar mucho lo dulce = have + a sweet tooth.

* haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.

* haber viajado mucho = be well-travelled.

* hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hace muchos años = many years ago.

* hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.

* hacer mucho = do + much.

* hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.

* hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.

* hace ya mucho tiempo que = gone are the days of.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* la mayoría con mucho = the vast majority of.

* llenar mucho = be filling.

* lo mucho que = how extensively.

* mucha gente + esperar que = be widely expected.

* muchas ganancias = high return.

* Muchas gracias = Thank you very much.

* muchas horas = long hours.

* muchas otras cosas = much else.

* muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.

* mucha suerte = best of luck.

* muchas veces = multiple times.

* mucho + Adjetivo = very much + Adjetivo, significantly + Adjetivo.

* mucho antes = early on.

* mucho antes de = well before.

* mucho + Comparativo = a good deal + Comparativo.

* mucho dinero = big bucks.

* mucho esfuerzo = hard work.

* mucho interés = keen interest.

* mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.

* mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo, far + Adjetivo Comparativo.

* mucho más + Adverbio/Adjetivo = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo, far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.

* mucho más allá de = far beyond.

* mucho más cerca = far closer.

* mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.

* mucho más rápido = far faster.

* mucho mayor = far greater, far larger, very much greater.

* mucho mejor = far better.

* mucho mejor que = far superior to.

* mucho menos = a great deal less, let alone, far less.

* mucho menos + Adjetivo = far + Adjetivo Comparativo.

* mucho + Nombre = a lot of + Nombre, bleeding + Adjetivo/Nombre.

* mucho peor = far worse.

* mucho que + Infinitivo = a lot + Infinitivo.

* mucho ruido y pocas nueces = much ado about nothing, storm in a teacup, Posesivo + bark is worse than + Posesivo + bite.

* muchos = many, good many, many a(n).

* muchos beneficios = high return.

* muchos jefes y pocos trabajadores = too many chiefs and not enough Indians.

* muchos más = a great many more.

* muchos + Nombre = a lot of + Nombre.

* mucho tiempo = long time, long periods of time, a very long time, long hours, ample time, for a long time.

* mucho tiempo antes de (que) = long before.

* mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.

* mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.

* mucho trabajo = hard graft.

* ni con mucho = not by a long shot.

* ni mucho menos = by any stretch (of the imagination), by any means, not by a long shot.

* no estar finalizado (con mucho) = fall (far) short of + completeness.

* no existir muchos indicios de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no haber muchas señales de que = there + be + little sign of.

* no hace mucho = in the recent past.

* no hace mucho tiempo = not so long ago.

* Nombre + no tardará mucho en = it won't be long before + Nombre.

* Nombre + no tardó mucho en = it wasn't long before + Nombre.

* no mucho después = not long after.

* no parar mucho en un sitio = live out of + a suitcase.

* no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.

* no perderse mucho = be no great loss.

* pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.

* pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.

* persona con mucha ambición = social climber.

* persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.

* poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empe = put + Posesivo + heart into.

* poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.

* poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.

* por muchas razones = in many ways.

* por mucho que lo + intentar = try as + Pronombre + might.

* por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.

* por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.

* prometer mucho = promise + great possibilities, bode + well.

* que consume mucha CPU = CPU intensive.

* que consume mucha energía = energy-intensive.

* que contiene muchas imágenes = image intensive.

* quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.

* quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).

* quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.

* quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.

* que deja mucho al azar = hit-or-miss.

* que hay que dar muchas vueltas = circuitous.

* que hay que dedicarle mucho tiempo = time-intensive.

* que ocupa mucho espacio = space-consuming.

* que se percibe desde hace mucho tiempo = long-felt.

* que utiliza muchos recursos = resource-intensive.

* quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.

* resaltar con mucho sobre = stand out + head and shoulders (above/over), be head and shoulder (above/over).

* saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.

* ser de mucho uso = take + Nombre + a long way.

* ser mucho = be a mouthful.

* ser mucho más = be all the more.

* ser mucho más que = be far more than.

* sin mucha antelación = at short notice.

* sin mucha anticipación = at short notice.

* sin mucha dificultad = painlessly.

* sin muchas contemplaciones = unceremoniously.

* sin muchos inconvenientes = without much grudging.

* sin pensarlo mucho = off the top of + Posesivo + head.

* sorprenderse mucho = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* trabajando mucho = hard at work.

* trabajar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.

* trabajar mucho = work + hard.

* usuario que hace mucho uso del préstamo = heavy borrower.

* venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.

* Verbo + mucho = Verbo + hard.

* y cuanto mucho menos = much less.

* y mucho más = and much more.

* y mucho menos = much less, least of all.

* y mucho(s) más = and more.

* * *

mucho¹

adverb

1

salen mucho they go out a lot

no salen mucho they don't go out much o a lot

¿salen mucho? do they go out much o a lot?

me ayudaron muchísimo they really helped me a lot

ahora funciona mucho mejor it works much o a lot better now

esto preocupa, y mucho, a los ecologistas this is a matter of great concern to ecologists

trabaja mucho he works very hard

¿llueve mucho? is it raining hard?

me gusta muchísimo I like it a lot o very much

por mucho que insistas, no te va a hacer caso no matter how much you insist o however much you insist he won't listen to you

por mucho que le grites no te oye you can shout as much as you like but he won't hear you

después de mucho discutir llegaron a un acuerdo after long discussions, they reached an agreement

mucho criticar a los demás pero ella tampoco hace nada por ayudar she's forever o always criticizing others but she doesn't do anything to help either

2

(en respuestas): ¿estás preocupado? — mucho are you worried? — (yes, I am,) very

¿te gusta? — sí, mucho do you like it? — yes, very much

para locs ver mucho³ pron C. (↑ mucho (3))

mucho² - cha

adjective

A

1 ( sing) a lot of; (en negativas e interrogativas) much, a lot of

tiene mucha vitamina C it contains a lot of vitamin C

no le tienen mucho respeto they don't have much o a lot of respect for him

había mucha gente there were lots of o a lot of people there

sucedió hace mucho tiempo it happened a long time ago

¿tienes mucha hambre? are you very hungry?

una ciudad con mucha vida nocturna a city with plenty of night life

2 (pl) a lot of; (en negativas e interrogativas) many, a lot of

¿recibiste muchos regalos? did you get many o a lot of presents?

sus muchas obligaciones le impidieron asistir his many commitments prevented him from attending

muchos niños pasan hambre many children go hungry

seis hijos son muchos six children's a lot

somos muchos there are a lot of us

B ( sing)

1 ( fam)

(con valor plural): mucho elogio, mucho cumplido pero no me lo van a publicar they're full of praise and compliments but they're not going to publish it

hoy día hay mucho sinvergüenza por ahí these days there are a lot of rogues around

2 ( fam)

(con valor ponderativo): era mucho jugador para un equipo tan mediocre he was much too good a player for a mediocre team like that

mucho³ - cha

pronoun

A

(refiriéndose a cantidad, número): mucho de lo que ha dicho es falso much o a lot of what he has said is untrue

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do

si no es mucho pedir if it's not too much to ask

muchos creen que … many (people) believe that …

muchos son los llamados pero pocos los elegidos ( Bib) many are called but few are chosen

B

mucho (refiriéndose a tiempo) a long time

hace mucho que no vamos al teatro we haven't been to the theater for a long time o for ages

¿falta mucho para llegar? are we nearly there?, is it much further?

¿tuviste que esperar mucho? did you have to wait long?

mucho antes de conocerte long o a long time before I met you

C ( en locs):

como mucho at (the) most

costará unos 30 dólares como mucho it probably costs about 30 dollars at (the) most

con mucho by far, easily

fue, con mucho, la mejor de la clase she was by far o easily the best in the class, she was the best in the class, by far

cuando mucho at (the) most

ni mucho menos: no pretendo aconsejarte ni mucho menos I'm in no way trying to give you advice

no es un buen pianista ni mucho menos he isn't a good pianist, far from it

* * *

mucho 1 adverbio
a) ‹salir/ayudar› a lot;

‹ trabajar› hard;
◊ no salen mucho they don't go out much o a lot;

me gusta muchísimo I like it very much o a lot;
mucho mejor a lot better;
por mucho que insistas no matter how much you insist;
después de mucho discutir after much discussion
b) ( en respuestas):

◊ ¿estás preocupado? — mucho are you worried? — (yes, I am,) very;

¿te gusta? — sí, mucho do you like it? — yes, very much
mucho 2
◊ - cha adjetivo

a) ( sing) a lot of;

(en oraciones negativas, interrogativas) much, a lot of;
◊ mucho vino a lot of wine;

no gano mucho dinero I don't earn much o a lot of money;
¿ves mucha televisión? do you watch much o a lot of television;
tiene mucha hambre he's very hungry
b) (pl) many, a lot of;

◊ había muchos extranjeros/muchas personas allí there were many o a lot of foreigners/people there;

hace muchos años many years ago
■ pronombre
1 ( referido a cantidad)
a) ( sing) a lot;

( en oraciones negativas) much;
◊ mucho de lo dicho a lot of what was said;

tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;
eso no es mucho that's not much;
no queda mucha there isn't much left
b) (pl) many;

◊ muchos creen que … many (people) believe that …;

muchos de nosotros many of us
2
◊ mucho

a) ( referido a tiempo):

◊ hace mucho que no la veo I haven't seen her for a long time;

¿te falta mucho para terminar? will it take you long to finish?;
mucho antes long before;
¿tuviste que esperar mucho? did you have to wait long?
b) ( en locs)

◊ como mucho at (the) most;

con mucho by far, easily;
ni mucho menos far from it;
por mucho que … however much …
mucho,-a
I adj indef
1 (abundante, numeroso) (en frases afirmativas) a lot of, lots of
mucha comida, a lot of food
muchos animales, lots of animals
(en frases negativas) much, many pl: no queda mucho azúcar, there isn't much sugar left
no conozco muchos sitios, I don't know many places
2 (intenso) very: tengo mucho calor/miedo, I'm very hot/scared
hizo mucho esfuerzo, he made a great effort
3 (demasiado) es mucha responsabilidad, it's too much responsibility
II pron
1 a lot, a great deal, many: muchos fuimos al baile, many/lots of us went to the dance
muchos de nosotros/vosotros, many of us/you
de ésos tengo muchos, I've got lots of those
III adverbio
1 (cantidad) a lot, very much: me arrepentí mucho, I was very sorry
2 (tiempo) hace mucho que desapareció, he went missing a long time ago
hace mucho que estamos aquí, we have been here for a long time
(a menudo) often: vamos mucho al cine, we go to the cinema quite often
♦ Locuciones: como mucho, at the most
con mucho, by far
¡ni mucho menos!, no way!
por mucho (que), however much
Recuerda que el singular es much, el plural es many, y que estas dos palabras se suelen usar en frases negativas (no tengo demasiado tiempo, I haven't got much time), mientras que a lot (of) y lots (of) se encuentran en frases afirmativas: Tengo mucho dinero. I've got a lot of/lots of money. En frases interrogativas se usa tanto much y many como a lot o lots of: ¿Tienes mucho dinero?, Have you got much/ a lot of/lots of money? Sin embargo, en preguntas que empiezan por how sólo puedes emplear much o many: ¿Cuánto dinero tienes?, How much money have you got?
' mucho' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abandonarse
- abrigar
- abultar
- achicharrar
- achicharrarse
- acoger
- adelantar
- adentro
- adorar
- afear
- afecta
- afectar
- afecto
- agradecer
- alejarse
- antes
- aparato
- aprecio
- aprovechar
- ascendiente
- avejentarse
- avenida
- avenido
- bailar
- bastante
- boato
- bombo
- brío
- cacarear
- caché
- cachet
- calor
- carácter
- cariño
- carrete
- cascar
- cervical
- chapar
- chiflar
- cocerse
- coco
- comer
- contraponer
- costar
- cuando
- de
- deber
- decaer
- decir
- defraudar
English:
ability
- ado
- afraid
- age
- ago
- agony
- all-out
- alone
- anywhere
- around
- as
- attract
- attuned to
- backlog
- badly
- bake
- balance
- be
- best
- booze
- bulky
- busywork
- capital
- cautious
- chalk
- challenging
- charisma
- come along
- come into
- commotion
- concern
- deal
- dear
- demand
- devoted
- difficult
- do
- dog days
- doing
- easily
- emotional
- enthusiastic
- esteem
- exhilarate
- experience
- extravagant
- fancy
- far
- fat
- few

* * *

mucho, -a

♦ adj

1. [gran cantidad de] a lot of;

comemos mucho pescado/mucha verdura we eat a lot of fish/vegetables;

había mucha gente there were a lot of people there;

producen muchos residuos they produce a lot of waste;

tengo muchos más/menos amigos que tú I've got a lot more/fewer friends than you;

no tengo mucho tiempo I haven't got much o a lot of time;

no nos quedan muchas entradas we haven't got many o a lot of tickets left;

¿hay muchas cosas que hacer? are there a lot of things to do?, is there much to do?;

no tengo muchas ganas de ir I don't really o much feel like going;

tengo mucho sueño I'm very sleepy;

hoy hace mucho calor it's very hot today;

hace mucho tiempo a long time ago;

¡mucha suerte! the best of luck!;

¡muchas gracias! thank you very much!

2. (singular) [demasiado]
hay mucho niño aquí there are rather a lot of kids here;

mucha sal me parece que le estás echando I think you're overdoing the salt a bit, I think you're adding a bit too much salt;

ésta es mucha casa para mí this house is much too big for me;
Fam
es mucho hombre he's a real man;

es mucho coche para un conductor novato it's far too powerful a car for an inexperienced driver;

es mucha mujer para ti she's out of your league!;
Fam
mucho lujo y mucho camarero trajeado pero la comida es horrible it's all very luxurious and full of smartly dressed waiters, but the food's terrible

♦ pron
(singular) a lot;
* * *

mucho

I adj

1 singular a lot of, lots of; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb

much;

mucho tiempo a lot of time;

no tengo mucho tiempo I don’t have a lot of time o much time;

tengo mucho frío I am very cold;

es mucho coche para mí this car’s too much for me

2 plural a lot of, lots of; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb

many;

muchos amigos a lot of friends;

no tengo muchos amigos I don’t have a lot of friends o many friends

II pron

1 singular a lot; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb

much;

no tengo mucho I don’t have much o a lot

2 plural a lot; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb

many;

no tengo muchos I don’t have many o a lot;

muchos creen que … a lot of people o many people think that …

III adv

1 a lot; en frases interrogativas y negativas tb

much;

¿cuesta mucho? does it cost a lot o much?;

nos vemos mucho we see each other often o a lot;

hace mucho que no te veo I haven’t seen you for a long time;

¿dura/tarda mucho? does it last/take long?

2

:

como mucho at the most;

10 meses dan para mucho o

dan mucho de sí you can do a lot in 10 months;

no es ni con mucho he is far from being …;

ni mucho menos far from it;

por mucho que however much

* * *

mucho adv

1) : much, a lot

mucho más: much more

le gusta mucho: he likes it a lot

2) : long, a long time

tardó mucho en venir: he was a long time getting here

3)

por mucho que : no matter how much

mucho, - cha adj

1) : a lot of, many, much

mucha gente: a lot of people

hace mucho tiempo que no lo veo: I haven't seen him in ages

2)

muchas veces : often

mucho, - cha pron

1) : a lot, many, much

hay mucho que hacer: there is a lot to do

muchas no vinieron: many didn't come

2)

cuando mucho or

como mucho : at most

3)

con mucho : by far

4)

ni mucho menos : not at all, far from it

* * *

mucho¹ adj

1. (en general) a lot of / lots of

como mucho queso I eat a lot of cheese

lee muchos libros he reads a lot of books lots of es lo mismo que a lot of, pero un poco más familiar

como mucho queso I eat lots of cheese Much es singular y suele sustituir a lot of en frases negativas e interrogativas

no tenemos mucho tiempo we haven't got much time

¿ganas mucho dinero? do you earn much money? many es plural y suele sustituir a lot of en frases negativas e interrogativas

no tiene muchos amigos he hasn't got many friends

¿marcaste muchos goles? did you score many goals?

2. (otras expresiones) very

hace mucho calor it's very hot

tengo muchas ganas de verte I'm really looking forward to seeing you

mucho² adv

1. (en general) a lot

esta planta ha crecido mucho this plant has grown a lot

los atletas se entrenan mucho athletes train a lot

me gusta mucho I like it a lot

trabajamos mucho we work hard

lo siento mucho I'm very sorry / I'm really sorry

2. (comparaciones) much

era mucho más fácil de lo que pensaba it was much easier than I thought

comes mucho más que yo you eat much more than me

3. (mucho tiempo) a long time

hace mucho que no te veo I haven't see you for a long time

como mucho at the most

ni con mucho nowhere near as

ni mucho menos far from

no está acabado, ni mucho menos it is far from finished

por mucho que however much

mucho³ pron

1. (en singular frases afirmativas) a lot

aún me queda mucho por hacer I've still got a lot left to do

2. (en singular frases negativas e interrogativas) much / a lot

no es mucho lo que pides you're not asking for much

3. (con plurales) many / a lot

muchos de sus amigos acudieron many of his friends came

Spanish-English dictionary > mucho

9 dabei

Adv.

1. with it; (nahe) near-by, close by; ein Haus mit Garten dabei a house with a garden; dabei sein (anwesend sein) be there; (teilnehmen) take part (in it); (mit ansehen) see it; darf ich dabei sein? can I come too?; (teilnehmen) can I join in?; ich bin dabei! (you can) count me in!, I’m game!; er muss immer dabei sein he’s got to be in on everything; ist ein Brief für mich dabei? is there a letter for me there?; es war ziemlich viel Glück dabei I was etc. pretty lucky there; ein bisschen Risiko ist immer dabei there’s always an element of risk

2. (im Begriff): dabei, etw. zu tun just doing s.th., in the middle of doing s.th.; (kurz davor) about ( oder going) to do s.th., on the point of doing s.th.; ich war gerade dabei zu packen I was just packing; tu das endlich! - ja, ja, ich bin ja schon dabei! umg. alright, alright, I’m doing it!

3. (gleichzeitig) at the same time, while doing so; sie strickt und liest dabei she knits and reads at the same time; er aß und sah mich dabei fragend an while he ate, he gave me a questioning look

4. (überdies) besides, what is more; sie ist hübsch und dabei auch noch klug auch she’s attractive and intelligent into the bargain (Am. intelligent to boot)

5. (dennoch) nevertheless, yet, for all that, at the same time; und dabei ist er doch schon alt and he’s an old man, after all; er ist streng und dabei sehr fair he’s strict but very fair

6. (obwohl) although, even though; er schenkte es mir, dabei hatte ich es gar nicht verlangt he gave it to me although I hadn’t even asked for it; jetzt schreibt sie immer noch, dabei könnte sie schon längst fertig sein she’s still writing, even though she could have been finished ages ago; dabei hätten wir gewinnen können to think we could have won; dabei macht man sich gar keinen Begriff, wie schwierig es ist but people have no idea how hard it is; sie suchte danach, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand she was looking for it and he had it in his hand all the time

7. (bei dieser Gelegenheit) on the occasion, then; (während) while, in the process; (dadurch) as a result; jemanden dabei ertappen oder erwischen, wie er... catch s.o. red-handed as he...; dabei kam es zu einer heftigen Auseinandersetzung this gave rise to ( oder resulted in) a heated argument; dabei fällt mir ein:... talking of which:...; alle dabei entstehenden Kosten all resulting costs; man könnte verrückt werden dabei it’s enough to drive you mad

8. (bei dieser Handlung, Angelegenheit) about it; das Schwierige dabei ist,... the difficult thing about it is...; es kommt nichts dabei heraus umg. it’s no use, it’s not worth it; dabei dürfen wir nicht vergessen here we must not forget; mir ist gar nicht wohl dabei I don’t feel too good about it; ich dachte mir nichts Böses dabei I meant no harm; ich dachte mir nichts dabei (zu + Inf.) I thought nothing of it (of + Ger.); (bei einer Bemerkung) I didn’t mean anything by it; was hast du dir eigentlich dabei gedacht? what on earth made you do ( oder say etc.) that?; weitS. whatever possessed you?; ich finde nichts dabei I don’t see any harm in it; was ist schon dabei? umg. so what?; was ist schon dabei, wenn...? what difference does it make if...?, what harm does it do if...?; da ist doch nichts dabei umg. (ist nicht schwer) that’s child’s play, there’s nothing to it; (ist nicht bedenklich) it’s nothing to worry about; (schadet nichts) it can’t do any harm; (ist nicht gefährlich) it’s perfectly safe

9. abschließend: ich bleibe dabei I’m not changing my mind; und ich bleibe dabei, in X ist es am schönsten I’m still convinced X is the most beautiful place in the world; du kommst mit, und dabei bleibt’s umg. you’re coming with us, and that’s that; dabei blieb’s umg. (and) that was the end of that; lassen wir es dabei let’s leave it at that

* * *

by; thereby; with it

* * *
da|bei [da'bai] (emph) ['daːbai]
adv

1) (örtlich) with it; (bei Gruppe von Menschen, Dingen) there

ein Häuschen mit einem Garten dabéí — a little house with a garden (attached to it or attached)

ist die Lösung dabéí? — is the solution given (there)?

nahe dabéí — nearby

2) (zeitlich) (= gleichzeitig) at the same time; (= währenddessen, wodurch) in the course of this

er aß weiter und blätterte dabéí in dem Buch — he went on eating, leafing through the book as he did so or at the same time

warum arbeiten Sie im Stehen? Sie können doch auch dabéí sitzen — why are you working standing up? you can sit down while you're doing it

dabéí wurden drei Kinder verletzt —

... orkanartige Winde dabéí kam es zu schweren Schäden —... gale-force winds, which have resulted in serious damage

3) (= außerdem) as well, into the bargain (inf), with it (inf)

sie ist schön und dabéí auch noch klug — she's pretty, and clever as well

4) (wenn, während man etw tut) in the process; ertappen, erwischen at it

er wollte helfen und wurde dabéí selbst verletzt — he wanted to help and got injured in the process or (in) doing so or while he was about it (inf)

du warst bei einem Jugendtreffen? hast du denn dabéí etwas gelernt? — you were at a youth meeting? did you learn anything there or from it?

dabéí darf man nicht vergessen, dass... — it shouldn't be forgotten that...; (Einschränkung eines Arguments) it should not be forgotten here that...

die dabéí entstehenden Kosten — the expenses arising from this/that

als er das tat, hat er dabéí... — when he did that he...

wenn man das tut, muss man dabéí... — when you do that you have to...

wir haben ihn dabéí ertappt, wie er über den Zaun stieg — we caught him in the act of climbing over the fence

5)

(= in dieser Angelegenheit) das Schwierigste dabéí — the most difficult part of it

wichtig dabéí ist... — the important thing here or about it is...

mir ist nicht ganz wohl dabéí — I don't really feel happy about it

dabéí kann man viel Geld verdienen — there's a lot of money in that

er hat dabéí einen Fehler gemacht — he's made a mistake

sie hat sich dabéí sehr dumm benommen — she behaved very stupidly

es kommt doch nichts dabéí heraus — nothing will come of it

6) (einräumend = doch) (and) yet

er hat mich geschlagen, dabéí hatte ich gar nichts gemacht — he hit me and I hadn't even done anything or and yet I hadn't done anything

ich habe fünf Stück gegessen, dabéí hatte ich gar keinen Hunger — I've eaten five pieces, and I wasn't even hungry

7)

du gehst sofort nach Hause, und dabéí bleibt es! — you're going straight home and that's that or that's the end of it!

es bleibt dabéí, dass ihr morgen alle mitkommt — we'll stick to that or keep it like that, you're all coming tomorrow

ich bleibe dabéí — I'm not changing my mind

er bleibt dabéí, dass er es nicht gewesen ist — he still insists that he didn't do it, he's still sticking to his guns that he didn't do it

aber dabéí sollte es nicht bleiben — but it shouldn't stop there or at that

lassen wir es dabéí — let's leave it at that!

was ist schon dabéí? — so what? (inf), what of it? (inf)

was ist schon dabéí, wenn man das tut? — what harm is there in doing that?

ich finde gar nichts dabéí — I don't see any harm in it

nimm meine Bemerkung nicht so ernst, ich habe mir nichts dabéí gedacht — don't take my remark so seriously, I didn't mean anything by it

ich habe mir nichts dabéí gedacht, als ich den Mann aus der Bank kommen sah — I didn't think anything of it when I saw the man coming out of the bank

was hast du dir denn dabéí gedacht? — what were you thinking of?

dabéí kann er sich nicht viel gedacht haben — he can't have thought about it much

* * *

(near: They stood by and watched.) by

* * *

da·bei

[daˈbai]

adv

1. (dazugehörend) with it

ein kleines Häuschen mit einem Garten \dabei a little house with a garden

[bei etw dat] \dabei sein to be included [in sth]; (als Anlage) to be enclosed [in sth]

die Rechnung war nicht \dabei the bill was not enclosed

war bei dem Muster ein Brief \dabei? did the sample come with a letter?

ist der Salat bei dem Gericht \dabei? is the salad included in the meal?

ist bei dem Gericht ein Salat \dabei? does the meal come with a salad?, is there a salad with the meal?

2. (in der Nähe)

direkt/nahe \dabei right next/near to it

3. (anwesend, beteiligt) there

[bei etw dat] \dabei sein to be there [at sth]; (mitmachen) to take part [in sth]

er war bei dem Treffen \dabei he was there at the meeting

ich bin \dabei! count me in!

sie kennt sich im Betrieb noch nicht so gut aus, sie ist erst seit einem Monat \dabei she is not familiar with the company yet, she's only been working there for a month

4. (im Verlauf davon) during [or in the course of] which; (als Folge davon) as a result

es kam zu einem Massenandrang, \dabei wurden viele Menschen verletzt there was a crush, in the course of which many people were injured

es goss in Strömen, \dabei kam es zu zahlreichen Unfällen it was pouring down with rain, which resulted in a lot of accidents

5. (bei dieser Verrichtung) in doing so; (währenddessen) while doing so

Arbeit am Computer? aber \dabei muss man doch immer so viel tippen! working on the computer? but that involves so much typing!

er half den Opfern und wurde \dabei selbst verletzt he helped the victims and in doing so got injured himself

wir haben ihn \dabei ertappt, wie er über den Zaun stieg we caught him [while he was] climbing over the fence

jdm \dabei helfen, etw zu tun to help sb doing sth

6. (daraus resultierend) as a result

die \dabei entstehenden Kosten sind sehr hoch the resulting costs are very high

7. (gleichzeitig) at the same time; einräumend (doch) but; (außerdem)

und \dabei auch noch and what's more, besides

sie ist schön und \dabei auch noch intelligent she is beautiful and what's more [or besides] clever [or BRIT and clever to boot]

sie las und hörte \dabei Radio she was reading and listening to the radio at the same time

sie ist flink, \dabei aber [auch] sehr umsichtig she's quick but very cautious

8. (und das obwohl) even though

er hat die Prüfung nicht bestanden, \dabei hat er so fleißig gelernt he failed the exam, although he had studied so hard

9. (damit beschäftigt)

[gerade] \dabei sein, etw zu tun to be [just] doing sth

10. (an dieser Sache)

das Dumme/Schöne \dabei ist, dass... the stupid/good thing about it is that...

interessant/wichtig \dabei ist, dass/ob/wie... the interesting/important thing about it is that/whether/how...

11. (bei dieser Sache) by it; (damit) through it

das Geschäft ist riskant, \dabei kann man aber reich werden it's a risky business but it can make you rich

nimm meine Bemerkung nicht so ernst, ich habe mir nichts \dabei gedacht don't take my remark so seriously, I didn't mean anything by it

was hast du dir denn \dabei gedacht? what were you thinking of?

ich habe kein gutes Gefühl \dabei I don't feel happy about it

nichts \dabei finden, etw zu tun/wenn jd etw tut to not see the harm in doing sth/in sb doing sth

12. (fam: auszusetzen, problematisch)

es ist nichts \dabei, wenn man/jd etw tut there is no harm in one/sb doing sth

da ist [doch] nichts \dabei (nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it; (nicht schlimm) there's no harm in it

was ist schon \dabei? so what?

13. (wie gesagt) s. belassen 1, bleiben 8, lassen I. 6

* * *

Adverb

1) with it/him/her/them

eine Tankstelle mit einer Werkstatt dabei — a filling station with its own workshop [attached]

nahe dabei — near it; close by

dabei sein — (anwesend sein) be there; be present ( bei at); (teilnehmen) take part ( bei in)

Dabeisein ist alles — it's taking part that counts

2) (währenddessen) at the same time; (bei diesem Anlass) then; on that occasion

die dabei entstehenden Kosten — the expense involved

er ist dabei gesehen worden, wie er das Geld nahm — he was seen [in the act of] taking the money

ein Unfall - dabei gab es zwei Tote — an accident - two people were killed [in it]

er suchte nach dem Brief, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand — he was looking for the letter and all the time he had it in his hand

[gerade] dabei sein, etwas zu tun — be just doing something

3) (außerdem)

dabei [auch] — what is more

er ist sehr beschäftigt, aber dabei (dennoch) immer freundlich — he is very busy but even so always friendly

4) (hinsichtlich dessen)

ich fühle mich gar nicht wohl dabei — I'm not at all happy about it

was hast du dir denn dabei gedacht? — what were you thinking of?; what came over you?

er hat sich nichts dabei gedacht — he saw no harm in it

5)

da ist doch nichts dabei! — there's really no harm in it!; (es ist nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it!; s. auch bleiben 1)

* * *

dabei adv

1. with it; (nahe) near-by, close by;

ein Haus mit Garten dabei a house with a garden;

dabei sein (anwesend sein) be there; (teilnehmen) take part (in it); (mit ansehen) see it;

darf ich dabei sein? can I come too?; (teilnehmen) can I join in?;

ich bin dabei! (you can) count me in!, I’m game!;

er muss immer dabei sein he’s got to be in on everything;

ist ein Brief für mich dabei? is there a letter for me there?;

es war ziemlich viel Glück dabei I was etc pretty lucky there;

ein bisschen Risiko ist immer dabei there’s always an element of risk

2. (im Begriff):

dabei, etwas zu tun just doing sth, in the middle of doing sth; (kurz davor) about ( oder going) to do sth, on the point of doing sth;

ich war gerade dabei zu packen I was just packing;

tu das endlich! -

ja, ja, ich bin ja schon dabei! umg alright, alright, I’m doing it!

3. (gleichzeitig) at the same time, while doing so;

sie strickt und liest dabei she knits and reads at the same time;

er aß und sah mich dabei fragend an while he ate, he gave me a questioning look

4. (überdies) besides, what is more;

sie ist hübsch und dabei auch noch klug auch she’s attractive and intelligent into the bargain (US intelligent to boot)

5. (dennoch) nevertheless, yet, for all that, at the same time;

und dabei ist er doch schon alt and he’s an old man, after all;

er ist streng und dabei sehr fair he’s strict but very fair

6. (obwohl) although, even though;

er schenkte es mir, dabei hatte ich es gar nicht verlangt he gave it to me although I hadn’t even asked for it;

jetzt schreibt sie immer noch, dabei könnte sie schon längst fertig sein she’s still writing, even though she could have been finished ages ago;

dabei hätten wir gewinnen können to think we could have won;

dabei macht man sich gar keinen Begriff, wie schwierig es ist but people have no idea how hard it is;

sie suchte danach, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand she was looking for it and he had it in his hand all the time

7. (bei dieser Gelegenheit) on the occasion, then; (während) while, in the process; (dadurch) as a result;

jemanden dabei ertappen oder

erwischen, wie er … catch sb red-handed as he …;

dabei kam es zu einer heftigen Auseinandersetzung this gave rise to ( oder resulted in) a heated argument;

dabei fällt mir ein: … talking of which: …;

alle dabei entstehenden Kosten all resulting costs;

man könnte verrückt werden dabei it’s enough to drive you mad

8. (bei dieser Handlung, Angelegenheit) about it;

das Schwierige dabei ist, … the difficult thing about it is …;

es kommt nichts dabei heraus umg it’s no use, it’s not worth it;

dabei dürfen wir nicht vergessen here we must not forget;

mir ist gar nicht wohl dabei I don’t feel too good about it;

ich dachte mir nichts Böses dabei I meant no harm;

ich dachte mir nichts dabei (

zu +inf) I thought nothing of it (of +ger); (bei einer Bemerkung) I didn’t mean anything by it;

was hast du dir eigentlich dabei gedacht? what on earth made you do ( oder say etc) that?; weitS. whatever possessed you?;

ich finde nichts dabei I don’t see any harm in it;

was ist schon dabei? umg so what?;

was ist schon dabei, wenn …? what difference does it make if …?, what harm does it do if …?;

da ist doch nichts dabei umg (ist nicht schwer) that’s child’s play, there’s nothing to it; (ist nicht bedenklich) it’s nothing to worry about; (schadet nichts) it can’t do any harm; (ist nicht gefährlich) it’s perfectly safe

9. abschließend:

ich bleibe dabei I’m not changing my mind;

und ich bleibe dabei, in X ist es am schönsten I’m still convinced X is the most beautiful place in the world;

du kommst mit, und dabei bleibt’s umg you’re coming with us, and that’s that;

dabei blieb’s umg (and) that was the end of that;

lassen wir es dabei let’s leave it at that

* * *

Adverb

1) with it/him/her/them

eine Tankstelle mit einer Werkstatt dabei — a filling station with its own workshop [attached]

nahe dabei — near it; close by

dabei sein — (anwesend sein) be there; be present ( bei at); (teilnehmen) take part ( bei in)

Dabeisein ist alles — it's taking part that counts

2) (währenddessen) at the same time; (bei diesem Anlass) then; on that occasion

die dabei entstehenden Kosten — the expense involved

er ist dabei gesehen worden, wie er das Geld nahm — he was seen [in the act of] taking the money

ein Unfall - dabei gab es zwei Tote — an accident - two people were killed [in it]

er suchte nach dem Brief, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand — he was looking for the letter and all the time he had it in his hand

[gerade] dabei sein, etwas zu tun — be just doing something

3) (außerdem)

dabei [auch] — what is more

er ist sehr beschäftigt, aber dabei (dennoch) immer freundlich — he is very busy but even so always friendly

4) (hinsichtlich dessen)

ich fühle mich gar nicht wohl dabei — I'm not at all happy about it

was hast du dir denn dabei gedacht? — what were you thinking of?; what came over you?

er hat sich nichts dabei gedacht — he saw no harm in it

5)

da ist doch nichts dabei! — there's really no harm in it!; (es ist nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it!; s. auch bleiben 1)

* * *

adv.

thereby adv.

withal adv. präp.

near by prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > dabei

10 adeo

1.
ăd-ĕo, ĭī, and rarely īvi, ĭtum (arch. adirier for adiri, Enn. Rib. Trag. p. 59), 4, v. n. and a. (acc. to Paul. ex Fest. should be accented a/deo; v. Fest. s. v. adeo, p. 19 Müll.; cf. the foll. word), to go to or approach a person or thing (syn.: accedo, aggredior, advenio, appeto).
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen., constr.
(α).
With ad (very freq.): sed tibi cautim est adeundum ad virum, Att. ap. Non. 512, 10:
neque eum ad me adire neque me magni pendere visu'st,
Plaut. Cur. 2, 2, 12:
adeamne ad eam?
Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; id. Eun. 3, 5, 30: aut ad consules aut ad te aut ad Brutum adissent, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. 208, 5:
ad M. Bibulum adierunt, id. Fragm. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: ad aedis nostras nusquam adiit,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 24:
adibam ad istum fundum,
Cic. Caec. 29 —
(β).
With in: priusquam Romam atque in horum conventum adiretis, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26 ed. Halm.—Esp.: adire in jus, to go to law:
cum ad praetorem in jus adissemus,
Cic. Verr. 4, § 147; id. Att. 11, 24; Caes. B. C. 1, 87, and in the Plebiscit. de Thermens. lin. 42: QVO DE EA RE IN IOVS ADITVM ERIT, cf. Dirks., Versuche S. p. 193.—
(γ).
Absol.:
adeunt, consistunt, copulantur dexteras,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 38:
eccum video: adibo,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 5.—
(δ).
With acc.:
ne Stygeos adeam non libera manes,
Ov. M. 13, 465:
voces aetherias adiere domos,
Sil. 6, 253:
castrorum vias,
Tac. A. 2, 13:
municipia,
id. ib. 39:
provinciam,
Suet. Aug. 47:
non poterant adire eum,
Vulg. Luc. 8, 19:
Graios sales carmine patrio,
to attain to, Verg. Cat. 11, 62; so with latter supine:
planioribus aditu locis,
places easier to approach, Liv. 1, 33.—With local adv.:
quoquam,
Sall. J. 14:
huc,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 60.—
B.
Esp.,
1.
To approach one for the purpose of addressing, asking aid, consulting, and the like, to address, apply to, consult (diff. from aggredior, q. v.). —Constr. with ad or oftener with acc.; hence also pass.:
quanto satius est, adire blandis verbis atque exquaerere, sintne illa, etc.,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 35:
aliquot me adierunt,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 2:
adii te heri de filia,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 9: cum pacem peto, cum placo, cum adeo, et cum appello meam, Lucil. ap. Non. 237, 28:
ad me adire quosdam memini, qui dicerent,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10:
coram adire et alloqui,
Tac. H. 4, 65.— Pass.:
aditus consul idem illud responsum retulit,
when applied to, Liv. 37, 6 fin.:
neque praetores adiri possent,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5.—Hence: adire aliquem per epistulam, to address one in writing, by a letter:
per epistulam, aut per nuntium, quasi regem, adiri eum aiunt,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 9 and 10; cf. Tac. A. 4, 39; id. H. 1, 9.—So also: adire deos, aras, deorum sedes, etc., to approach the gods, their altars, etc., as a suppliant (cf.:
acced. ad aras,
Lucr. 5, 1199): quoi me ostendam? quod templum adeam? Att. ap. Non. 281, 6:
ut essent simulacra, quae venerantes deos ipsos se adire crederent,
Cic. N. D. 1, 27:
adii Dominum et deprecatus sum,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21:
aras,
Cic. Phil. 14, 1:
sedes deorum,
Tib. 1, 5, 39:
libros Sibyllinos,
to consult the Sibylline Books, Liv. 34, 55; cf. Tac. A. 1, 76:
oracula,
Verg. A. 7, 82.—
2.
To go to a thing in order to examine it, to visit:
oppida castellaque munita,
Sall. J. 94:
hiberna,
Tac. H. 1, 52.—
3.
To come up to one in a hostile manner, to assail, attack:
aliquem: nunc prior adito tu, ego in insidiis hic ero,
Ter. Ph. 1, 4, 52:
nec quisquam ex agmine tanto audet adire virum,
Verg. A. 5, 379:
Servilius obvia adire arma jubetur,
Sil. 9, 272.
II.
Fig.
A.
To go to the performance of any act, to enter upon, to undertake, set about, undergo, submit to (cf.: accedo, aggredior, and adorior).—With ad or the acc. (class.):
nunc eam rem vult, scio, mecum adire ad pactionem,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 25:
tum primum nos ad causas et privatas et publicas adire coepimus,
Cic. Brut. 90:
adii causas oratorum, id. Fragm. Scaur. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: adire ad rem publicam,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 24, 70:
ad extremum periculum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 7.—With acc.:
periculum capitis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38:
laboribus susceptis periculisque aditis,
id. Off. 1, 19:
in adeundis periculis,
id. ib. 24; cf.:
adeundae inimicitiae, subeundae saepe pro re publica tempestates,
id. Sest. 66, 139: ut vitae periculum aditurus videretur, Auct. B. G. 8, 48: maximos labores et summa pericula. Nep. Timol. 5:
omnem fortunam,
Liv. 25, 10:
dedecus,
Tac. A. 1, 39:
servitutem voluntariam,
id. G. 24:
invidiam,
id. A. 4, 70:
gaudia,
Tib. 1, 5, 39.—Hence of an inheritance, t. t., to enter on:
cum ipse hereditatem patris non adisses,
Cic. Phil. 2, 16; so id. Arch. 5; Suet. Aug. 8 and Dig.;
hence also: adire nomen,
to assume the name bequeathed by will, Vell. 2, 60.—
B.
Adire manum alicui, prov., to deceive one, to make sport of (the origin of this phrase is unc.; Acidalius conjectures that it arose from some artifice practised in wrestling, Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 8):
eo pacto avarae Veneri pulcre adii manum,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 11; so id. Aul. 2, 8, 8; id. Cas. 5, 2, 54; id. Pers. 5, 2, 18.
2.
ăd-ĕō̆, adv. [cf. quoad and adhuc] (acc. to Festus, it should be accented adéo, v. the preced. word; but this distinction is merely a later invention of the grammarians; [p. 33] cf. Gell. 7, 7).
I.
In the ante-class. per.,
A.
To designate the limit of space or time, with reference to the distance passed through; hence often accompanied by usque (cf. ad), to this, thus far, so far, as far.
1.
Of space:
surculum artito usque adeo, quo praeacueris,
fit in the scion as far as you have sharpened it, Cato, R. R. 40, 3.— Hence: res adeo rediit, the affair has gone so far (viz., in deterioration, “cum aliquid pejus exspectatione contigit,” Don. ad Ter. Ph. 1, 2, 5):
postremo adeo res rediit: adulescentulus saepe eadem et graviter audiendo victus est,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 61; cf. id. Ph. 1, 2, 5.—
2.
Of time, so long ( as), so long ( till), strengthened by usque, and with dum, donec, following, and in Cic. with quoad:
merces vectatum undique adeo dum, quae tum haberet, peperisset bona,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 76; 3, 4, 72; id. Am. 1, 2, 10 al.:
nusquam destitit instare, suadere, orare, usque adeo donec perpulit,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 36; Cato, R. R. 67; id. ib. 76:
atque hoc scitis omnes usque adeo hominem in periculo fuisse, quoad scitum sit Sestium vivere,
Cic. Sest. 38, 82.—
B.
For the purpose of equalizing two things in comparison, followed by ut: in the same degree or measure or proportion... in which; or so very, so much, so, to such a degree... as (only in comic poets), Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 38:
adeon hominem esse invenustum aut infelicem quemquam, ut ego sum?
Ter. And. 1, 5, 10.—Also followed by quasi, when the comparison relates to similarity:
gaudere adeo coepit, quasi qui cupiunt nuptias,
in the same manner as those rejoice who desire marriage, Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 12.—
C.
(Only in the comic poets) = ad haec, praeterea, moreover, besides, too: ibi tibi adeo lectus dabitur, ubi tu haud somnum capias ( beside the other annoyances), a bed, too, shall be given you there, etc., Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 80.—Hence also with etiam:
adeo etiam argenti faenus creditum audio,
besides too, id. Most. 3, 1, 101.—
D.
(Only in the comic poets.) Adeo ut, for this purpose that, to the end that:
id ego continuo huic dabo, adeo me ut hic emittat manu,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 32:
id adeo te oratum advenio, ut, etc.,
id. Aul. 4, 10, 9:
adeo ut tu meam sententiam jam jam poscere possis, faciam, etc.,
id. ib. 3, 2, 26 (where Wagner now reads at ut):
atque adeo ut scire possis, factum ego tecum hoc divido,
id. Stich. 5, 4, 15. (These passages are so interpreted by Hand, I. p. 138; others regard adeo here = quin immo.)—
E.
In narration, in order to put one person in strong contrast with another. It may be denoted by a stronger emphasis upon the word to be made conspicuous, or by yet, on the contrary, etc.:
jam ille illuc ad erum cum advenerit, narrabit, etc.: ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 4 sq.; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 8 al.
II.
To the Latin of every period belongs the use of this word,
A.
To give emphasis to an idea in comparison, so, so much, so very, with verbs, adjectives, and substantives:
adeo ut spectare postea omnīs oderit,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 65:
neminem quidem adeo infatuare potuit, ut ei nummum ullum crederet,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
adeoque inopia est coactus Hannibal, ut, etc.,
Liv. 22, 32, 3 Weiss.:
et voltu adeo modesto, adeo venusto, ut nil supra,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 92:
nemo adeo ferus est, ut, etc.,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39.—With usque:
adeo ego illum cogam usque, ut mendicet meus pater,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 10:
usque adeo turbatur,
even so much, so continually, Verg. E. 1, 12; Curt. 10, 1, 42; Luc. 1, 366.—In questions:
adeone me fuisse fungum, ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49:
adeone hospes hujus urbis, adeone ignarus es disciplinae consuetudinisque nostrae, ut haec nescias?
Cic. Rab. 10, 28; so id. Phil. 2, 7, 15; id. Fam. 9, 10; Liv. 2, 7, 10; 5, 6, 4.—With a negative in both clauses, also with quin in the last:
non tamen adeo virtutum sterile saeculum, ut non et bona exempla prodiderit,
Tac. H. 1, 3; so Suet. Oth. 9:
verum ego numquam adeo astutus fui, quin, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 13.—
Sometimes the concluding clause is to be supplied from the first: quis genus Aeneadum, quis Trojae nesciat urbem?... non obtusa adeo gestamus pectora Poeni, viz.,
that we know not the Trojans and their history, Verg. A. 1, 565:
adeo senuerunt Juppiter et Mars?
Juv. 6, 59.—Hence (post-Cic.): adeo non ut... adeo nihil ut... so little that, so far from that... (in reference to which, it should be noticed that in Latin the negative is blended with the verb in one idea, which is qualified by adeo) = tantum abest ut: haec dicta adeo nihil moverunt quemquam, ut legati prope violati sint, these words left them all so unmoved that, etc., or had so little effect, etc., Liv. 3, 2, 7: qui adeo non tenuit iram, ut gladio cinctum in senatum venturum se esse palam diceret, who restrained his anger so little that, etc. (for, qui non—tenuit iram adeo, ut), id. 8, 7, 5; so 5, 45, 4; Vell. 2, 66, 4: Curt. 3, 12, 22.—Also with contra in the concluding clause:
apud hostes Afri et Carthaginienses adeo non sustinebant, ut contra etiam pedem referrent,
Liv. 30, 34, 5. —
B.
Adeo is placed enclitically after its word, like quidem, certe, and the Gr. ge, even, indeed, just, precisely. So,
1.
Most freq. with pronouns, in order to render prominent something before said, or foll., or otherwise known (cf. in Gr. egôge, suge, autos ge, etc., Viger. ed. Herm. 489, vi. and Zeun.): argentariis male credi qui aiunt, nugas praedicant: nam et bene et male credi dico; id adeo hodie ego expertus sum, just this (touto ge), Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 1; so id. Aul. 2, 4, 10; 4, 2, 15; id. Am. 1, 1, 98; 1, 2, 6; id. Ep. 1, 1, 51; 2, 2, 31; 5, 2, 40; id. Poen. 1, 2, 57: plerique homines, quos, cum nihil refert, pudet;
ubi pudendum'st ibi eos deserit pudor, is adeo tu es,
you are just such a one, id. Ep. 2, 1, 2:
cui tu obsecutus, facis huic adeo injuriam,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 68: tute adeo jam ejus verba audies, you yourself shall hear what he has to say (suge akousêi), Ter. And. 3, 3, 27: Dolabella tuo nihil scito mihi esse jucundius: hanc adeo habebo gratiam illi, i. e. hanc, quae maxima est, gratiam (tautên ge tên charin), Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16:
haec adeo ex illo mihi jam speranda fuerunt,
even this, Verg. A. 11, 275.—It is often to be translated by the intensive and, and just, etc. (so esp. in Cic. and the histt.): id adeo, si placet, considerate, just that (touto ge skopeite), Cic. Caec. 30, 87:
id adeo ex ipso senatus consulto cognoscite,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, 143; cf. id. Clu. 30, 80:
ad hoc quicumque aliarum atque senatus partium erant, conturbari remp., quam minus valere ipsi malebant. Id adeo malum multos post annos in civitatem reverterat,
And just this evil, Sall. C. 37, 11; so 37, 2; id. J. 68, 3; Liv. 2, 29, 9; 4, 2, 2: id adeo manifestum erit, si cognoverimus, etc., and this, precisely this, will be evident, if, etc., Quint. 2, 16, 18 Spald.—It is rarely used with ille:
ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 6.—Sometimes with the rel. pron.: quas adeo haud quisquam liber umquam tetigit, Plaut: Poen. 1, 2, 57; Cic. Fin. 2, 12, 37. —With interrog. pron.:
Quis adeo tam Latinae linguae ignarus est, quin, etc.,
Gell. 7, 17.—Adeo is joined with the pers. pron. when the discourse passes from one person to another, and attention is to be particularly directed to the latter: Juppiter, tuque adeo summe Sol, qui res omnes inspicis, and thou especially, and chiefly thou, Enn. ap. Prob.:
teque adeo decus hoc aevi inibit,
Verg. E. 4, 11; id. G. 1, 24: teque, Neptune, invoco, vosque adeo venti, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 34, 73;
and without the copulative: vos adeo... item ego vos virgis circumvinciam,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 25.— Ego adeo often stands for ego quidem, equidem (egôge):
tum libertatem Chrysalo largibere: ego adeo numquam accipiam,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 30; so id. Mil. 4, 4, 55; id. Truc. 4, 3, 73:
ego adeo hanc primus inveni viam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 16:
nec me adeo fallit,
Verg. A. 4, 96.—Ipse adeo (autos ge), for the sake of emphasis:
atque hercle ipsum adeo contuor,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 24:
ipsum adeo praesto video cum Davo,
Ter. And. 2, 5, 4:
ipse adeo senis ductor Rhoeteus ibat pulsibus,
Sil. 14, 487.—
2.
With the conditional conjj. si, nisi, etc. (Gr. ei ge), if indeed, if truly:
nihili est autem suum qui officium facere immemor est, nisi adeo monitus,
unless, indeed, he is reminded of it, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 2: Si. Num illi molestae quippiam hae sunt nuptiae? Da. Nihil Hercle: aut si adeo, bidui est aut tridui haec sollicitudo, and if, indeed, etc. (not if also, for also is implied in aut), Ter. And. 2, 6, 7.—
3.
With adverbs: nunc adeo (nun ge), Plaut. As. 3, 1, 29; id. Mil. 2, 2, 4; id. Merc. 2, 2, 57; id. Men. 1, 2, 11; id. Ps. 1, 2, 52; id. Rud. 3, 4, 23; Ter. And. 4, 5, 26; Verg. A. 9, 156: jam adeo (dê ge), id. ib. 5, 268; Sil. 1, 20; 12, 534; Val. Fl. 3, 70. umquam adeo, Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 23:
inde adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 1:
hinc adeo,
Verg. E. 9, 59: sic adeo (houtôs ge), id. A. 4, 533; Sil. 12, 646:
vix adeo,
Verg. A. 6, 498:
non adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 57; Verg. A. 11, 436. —
4.
With adjectives = vel, indeed, even, very, fully:
quot adeo cenae, quas deflevi, mortuae!
how very many suppers, Plaut. Stich. 1, 3, 59: quotque adeo fuerint, qui temnere superbum... Lucil. ap. Non. 180, 2: nullumne malorum finem adeo poenaeque dabis (adeo separated from nullum by poet. license)? wilt thou make no end at all to calamity and punishment? Val. Fl. 4, 63:
trīs adeo incertos caeca caligine soles erramus,
three whole days we wander about, Verg. A. 3, 203; 7, 629.—And with comp. or the adv. magis, multo, etc.:
quae futura et quae facta, eloquar: multo adeo melius quam illi, cum sim Juppiter,
very much better, Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 3; so id. Truc. 2, 1, 5:
magis adeo id facilitate quam aliā ullā culpā meā, contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15.—
5.
With the conjj. sive, aut, vel, in order to annex a more important thought, or to make a correction, or indeed, or rather, or even only:
sive qui ipsi ambīssent, seu per internuntium, sive adeo aediles perfidiose quoi duint,
Plaut. Am. prol. 71:
si hercle scivissem, sive adeo joculo dixisset mihi, se illam amare,
id. Merc. 5, 4, 33; so id. Truc. 4, 3, 1; id. Men. 5, 2, 74; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 9: nam si te tegeret pudor, sive adeo cor sapientia imbutum foret, Pacuv. ap. Non. 521, 10:
mihi adeunda est ratio, quā ad Apronii quaestum, sive adeo, quā ad istius ingentem immanemque praedam possim pervenire,
or rather, Cic. Verr 2, 3, 46, 110; Verg. A. 11, 369; so, atque adeo:
ego princeps in adjutoribus atque adeo secundus,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 9.—
6.
With the imperative, for emphasis, like tandem, modo, dum, the Germ. so, and the Gr. ge (cf. L. and S.), now, I pray:
propera adeo puerum tollere hinc ab janua,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 20 (cf. xullabete g auton, Soph. Phil. 1003).—
C.
Like admodum or nimis, to give emphasis to an idea (for the most part only in comic poets, and never except with the positive of the adj.; cf. Consent. 2023 P.), indeed, truly, so very, so entirely:
nam me ejus spero fratrem propemodum jam repperisse adulescentem adeo nobilem,
so very noble, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 123:
nec sum adeo informis,
nor am I so very ugly, Verg. E. 2, 25:
nam Caii Luciique casu non adeo fractus,
Suet. Aug. 65:
et merito adeo,
and with perfect right, Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 42:
etiam num credis te ignorarier aut tua facta adeo,
do you, then, think that they are ignorant of you or your conduct entirely? id. Ph. 5, 8, 38.—
D.
To denote what exceeds expectation, even: quam omnium Thebis vir unam esse optimam dijudicat, quamque adeo cives Thebani rumificant probam, and whom even the Thebans (who are always ready to speak evil of others) declare to be an honest woman, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 44.— Hence also it denotes something added to the rest of the sentence, besides, too, over and above, usually in the connection: -que adeo (rare, and never in prose; cf.
adhuc, I.): quin te Di omnes perdant qui me hodie oculis vidisti tuis, meque adeo scelestum,
and me too, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 122; cf. id. 4, 2, 32:
haec adeo tibi me, ipsa palam fari omnipotens Saturnia jussit,
Verg. A. 7, 427.
III.
After Caesar and Cicero (the only instance of this use adduced from Cicero's works, Off. 1, 11, 36, being found in a passage rejected by the best critics, as B. and K.).
A.
For adding an important and satisfactory reason to an assertion, and then it always stands at the beginning of the clause, indeed, for:
cum Hanno perorāsset, nemini omnium cum eo certare necesse fuit: adeo prope omnis senatus Hannibalis erat: the idea is,
Hanno's speech, though so powerful, was ineffectual, and did not need a reply; for all the senators belonged to the party of Hannibal, Liv. 21, 11, 1; so id. 2, 27, 3; 2, 28, 2; 8, 37, 2; Tac. Ann. 1, 50, 81; Juv. 3, 274; 14, 233.—Also for introducing a parenthesis: sed ne illi quidem ipsi satis mitem gentem fore (adeo ferocia atque indomita [p. 34] ingenia esse) ni subinde auro... principum animi concilientur, Liv. 21, 20, 8; so id. 9, 26, 17; 3, 4, 2; Tac. A. 2, 28.—
B.
When to a specific fact a general consideration is added as a reason for it, so, thus (in Livy very often):
haud dubius, facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore: adeo non fortuna modo, sed ratio etiam cum barbaris stabat,
thus not only fortune, but sagacity, was on the side of the barbarians, Liv. 5, 38, 4:
adeo ex parvis saepe magnarum momenta rerum pendent,
id. 27, 9, 1; so id. 4, 31, 5; 21, 33, 6; 28, 19; Quint. 1, 12, 7; Curt. 10, 2, 11; Tac. Agr. 1:
adeo in teneris consuescere multum est,
Verg. G. 2, 272.—
C.
In advancing from one thought to another more important = immo, rather, indeed, nay: nulla umquam res publica ubi tantus paupertati ac parsimoniae honos fuerit: adeo, quanto rerum minus, tanto minus cupiditatis erat, Liv. praef. 11; so Gell. 11, 7; Symm. Ep. 1, 30, 37.—
D.
With a negative after ne—quidem or quoque, so much the more or less, much less than, still less (post-Aug.):
hujus totius temporis fortunam ne deflere quidem satis quisquam digne potuit: adeo nemo exprimere verbis potest,
still less can one describe: it by words, Vell. 2, 67, 1:
ne tecta quidem urbis, adeo publicum consilium numquam adiit,
still less, Tac. A. 6, 15; so id. H. 3, 64; Curt. 7, 5, 35:
favore militum anxius et superbia viri aequalium quoque, adeo superiorum intolerantis,
who could not endure his equals even, much less his superiors, Tac. H. 4, 80.—So in gen., after any negative: quaelibet enim ex iis artibus in paucos libros contrahi solet: adeo infinito spatio ac traditione opus non est, so much the less is there need, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 16; Plin. 17, 12, 35, § 179; Tac. H. 3, 39.—(The assumption of a causal signif. of adeo = ideo, propterea, rests upon false readings. For in Cael. Cic. Fam. 8, 15 we should read ideo, B. and K., and in Liv. 24, 32, 6, ad ea, Weiss.).—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 135-155.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adeo

11 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

12 HAFA

have

* * *

(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.

1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);

hafa elda, to keep up a five;

2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);

3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);

4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);

orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;

hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;

hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;

hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;

hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;

hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;

5) to have, hold, maintain;

hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;

hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;

hafa heilindi, to have good health;

6) to bring, carry;

hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;

hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;

hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;

7) to take, carry off;

troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;

8) to get, gain, win;

hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;

hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;

hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;

hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;

hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;

hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;

hafa tafl, to win the game;

hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;

hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;

hafa sigr, to be worsted;

hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;

hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;

hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;

with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);

ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;

9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);

hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;

hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;

10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;

hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;

hafa sik vel, to behave;

hafa vel, to be well off or happy;

hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;

11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;

lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;

12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);

hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;

nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;

svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;

ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;

13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;

hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;

ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;

later with indecl. neut. pp.;

hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;

14) with preps.:

hafa e-t at, to do, act;

hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;

absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;

hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);

hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;

hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;

hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;

hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;

hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;

hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;

hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;

var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;

hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);

ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;

hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;

eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;

hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;

hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;

hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;

höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;

hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);

hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;

vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;

hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;

hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;

orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;

keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;

hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;

hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);

Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;

hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;

hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;

hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;

hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;

hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);

hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;

hafa sik við, to exert oneself;

hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;

hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;

hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;

haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;

haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;

15) refl., hafast.

* * *

pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.

A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.

II. to hold:

1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.

2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.

3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.

4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.

5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.

6. with prepp. or infin.,

α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.

β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.

III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.

2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.

IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.

2. with prepp.:

α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.

β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)

γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.

B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:

I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.

II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.

III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.

2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.

3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.

4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.

IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:

1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.

2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.

V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.

C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.

2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.

D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:

I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,

α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.

β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.

γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.

II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.

III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.

E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:

I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).

2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.

II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.

2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.

β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.

F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.

β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.

2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.

3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.

4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.

II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)

G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:

I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:

1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).

2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).

β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?

II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:

1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.

2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.

3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.

4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.

☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that

α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.

β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.

γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

13 tanti

tantus, a, um, adj. [perh. for tavantus; cf. Sanscr. tāvant, so great; Gr. teôs, i. e. teWôs].
I.
Of such size or measure, so great in amount, extent, value, degree, etc. (as some standard expressed or understood); usually with a foll. quantus, ut, qui, or absol.; rarely quam.
1.
With [p. 1841] quantus:
nullam (contionem) umquam vidi tantam, quanta nunc vestrum est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:
quae tanta sunt in hoc uno, quanta in omnibus reliquis imperatoribus,
id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 29:
est alienum tanto viro, quantus es tu, non posse, etc.,
id. ad Brut. 1, 9, 1:
tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt, quantum fuit diei spatium,
Caes. B. G. 2, 11; cf.:
quamquam Demaden continua dicendi exercitatio potuerit tantum, quantuluscumque postea fuit, fecisse,
Quint. 2, 17, 12; Cic. Lael. 20, 74; Sall. C. 58, 2.—
2.
With ut.
a.
Denoting result or consequence; with subj.:
tanta erat operis firmitudo, ut, etc.,
Caes. B G 4, 17:
non fuit tantus homo Sex. Roscius in civitate, ut, etc.,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 43, 125;
unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis... ut, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:
quod ego tantum nefas commisi, ut hanc vicem saevitiae meae redderes?
Curt. 4, 10, 29:
quod tantum cogitavi nefas, ut dignior Philotas me videretur?
id. 6, 7, 30.—
b.
Denoting comparison:
tantā modestiā dicto audiens fuit, ut si privatus esset,
Nep. Ages. 4, 2.—
3.
With rel. qui, etc.:
cave putes aut mare ullum aut flammam esse tantam, quam non facilius sit sedare quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 42, 65:
statuerunt, tantum illud esse maleficium, quod, etc.,
id. Sull. 2, 7:
nulla est tanta vis, quae non ferro frangi possit,
id. Marcell. 3, 8.—
4.
Without correlation (esp. freq. in exclamations, etc.) ita tanta mira in aedibus sunt facta, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 5:
tanta factis modo mira miris modis, etc.,
id. Cas. 3, 5, 5:
qui tantus natu deorum nescis nomina,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 15:
neque solum in tantis rebus, sed etiam in mediocribus vel studiis vel officiis,
id. Rep. 1, 3, 4:
tantilla tanta verba funditat,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 61. hocine mihi ob labores tantos tantillum dari, id. Truc. 2, 6, 56:
ne tantae nationes conjugantur,
Caes. B. G. 3, 11:
onus,
id. ib. 2, 30 in tantis motionibus tantisque vicissitudinibus, tam multarum rerum atque tantarum ordinious, Cic. N D. 2, 5, 15:
non idem sentio tanta hac in re tamque immensa posse fieri,
id. de Or 2, 20, 84:
qui tantas et tam infinitas pecunias repudiarit,
id. Rosc. Com. 8, 24:
tot tantaque vitia,
id. Verr 1, 16, 47:
quae faceres in hominem tantum et talem,
id. Fam. 13, 66, 1; cf.:
conservare urbes tantas atque tales,
id. N. D. 3, 38, 92, so too, with talis, id. Fam. 15, 4, 14, id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:
tanta ista mala,
Sall. C. 40, 2;
Liv 31, 9: neque tanto tractu se colligit anguis,
Verg. G. 2, 154:
tantorum ingentia septem Terga boum,
id. A. 5, 404; Curt. 3, 1, 10; 3, 3, 28; 4, 1, 1:
sexcenta tanta reddam, si vivo, tibi,
six hundred times as much, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 111; so,
sexcenta tanta,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 37:
tribus tantis illi minus redit quam obseveris,
three times as much less, id. Trin. 2, 4, 129:
jam non quaero, unde tantam Melitensem vestem habueris,
such a great quantity of, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 74, § 183:
si in uno corpore tantarum rerum gubernationem mens humana possidet,
Lact. 1, 3, 21.—
5.
With quam:
maria aspera juro, Non ullum pro me tantum cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,
Verg. A. 6, 352 (cf. infra, B. 2.).—With a partit. gen.:
tantus ille ventorum,
Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 (dub.; Jahn, ventus).—
6.
Esp. in phrase tantō ŏpĕre; freq. as one word, tantŏpĕre, so greatly, in so high a degree, so very, etc. (class. and freq.):
cur tanto opere extimueras?
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 92, cf.:
si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,
Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 2; id. Ep. 1, 2, 31; Ter. And. 5, 2, 27; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 38; Caes. B. G. 7, 52; Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21; id. Mur. 10, 23; id. de Or. 1, 35, 164 al.—In an inverted order:
mirum est, me, ut redeam, te opere tanto quaesere,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 1.—
B.
Transf., so many ( = tot; mostly poet.):
tantae Coëunt in proelia gentes,
Val. Fl. 5, 636:
lamentabile tantis urbibus,
Stat. Th. 11, 160:
legatum valet in tantos quanti inveniantur,
Dig. 30, 1, 65.— Sing.:
numquam tanto se vulture caelum Induit,
Luc. 7, 834. —
C.
Neutr. absol.
1.
tantum, so much, so many:
habere tantum molestiae quantum gloriae...ut tantum nobis, quantum ipsi superesse posset, remitteret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:
decutio argenti tantum, quantum mihi lubet,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 3, 4:
iis adposuit tantum, quod satis esset, nullo adparatu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 91: tantum complectitur, quod satis sit modicae palaestrae, id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:
eo indito cumini fricti tantum, quod oleat,
Cato, R. R. 156, 3 (cf.: tantum quod, s. v. tantum, adv. B. 2. b.): Ch. Coactus reddidit ducentos et mille Philippum. Ni. Tantum debuit, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 38: nec tantum Karthago habuisset opum, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 526 (1, 48, 3 B. and K.):
cum tantum belli in manibus esset,
Liv. 4, 57, 1:
sed quid hic tantum hominum incedunt?
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 5:
tantum hostium intra muros est,
Liv. 3, 17, 4 et saep.:
sexies tantum, quam quantum satum sit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 43, § 102; cf.:
etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam, etc.,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81 (v. alter):
tantum... dum,
Liv. 27, 42, 12; cf.:
tantum modo... dum,
Sall. J. 53, 3: tantum abest, ut, etc. (v. absum). —
b.
In colloquial lang.: tantum est, that is all, nothing more, etc.:
vos rogat, ut, etc. Tantum est. Valete,
Plaut. Trin. prol. 22; so id. Cas. prol. 87: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, id. Merc. 2, 2, 12; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 26; id. Hec. 5, 3, 15.—
2.
Gen. (of price) tanti:
tanti, quanti poscit, vin' tanti illam emi?
Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 22; cf.:
tanti est, quanti est fungus putidus,
it is worth as much as, is worth no more than, id. Bacch. 4, 7, 23:
frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:
ubi me dixero dare tanti,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 49:
graviter increpuit, tanti habitare censorem,
in so costly a house, Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 3. —
b.
Trop.: est tanti (alicui), to be worth so much; to be valued, prized, or esteemed so highly; to be of such consequence or importance:
tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20: tanti non fuit Arsacen capere, ut, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 1:
hoc tanti fuit vertere, ut, etc.,
Quint. 1, 6, 38: est mihi tanti, Quirites, hujus invidiae tempestatem subire, dummodo a vobis hujus belli periculum depellatur, it is worth this price to me, i. e. I esteem it a light thing, Cic. Cat. 2, 7, 15; cf.:
sed est tanti (sc.: invidiam istam mihi impendere), dummodo,
id. ib. 1, 9, 22:
etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem, etc.,
id. Mil. 22, 58:
juratus tibi possum dicere, nihil esse tanti, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 13, 2:
cum dicturis tanti suae non sint (actiones),
Quint. 12, 8, 4:
sunt o! sunt jurgia tanti,
Ov. M. 2, 424 et saep.—
3.
Abl. (with comparatives) tantō, by so much, so much the:
quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarem mittebantur,
Caes. B. G. 5, 45; cf.:
quantum opere processerant, tanto aberant ab aquā longius,
id. B. C. 1, 81:
tanto major vis, quanto recentior,
Plin. 9, 38, 62, § 133:
reperietis quinquies tanto amplius istum quam quantum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 97, § 225:
tantone minoris decumae venierunt quam fuerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 45, § 106 et saep.: bis tanto amici sunt inter se quam prius, twice as much, twice as good, dis tosôi, Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 62:
bis tanto pluris,
id. Men. 4, 3, 6:
ter tanto pejor,
id. Pers. 1, 3, 73:
multo tanto miserior,
id. Rud. 2, 6, 37:
si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 89:
post tanto,
Verg. G. 3, 476; Curt. 6, 7, 26.— Rarely with verbs denoting comparison:
tanto praestitit ceteros imperatores, quan to populus Romanus antecedit fortitudine cunctas nationes,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1; Ov. M. 13, 368; cf.:
doctrinis tanto antecessit condiscipulos, ut, etc.,
Nep. Epam. 2, 2.— Poet. with sup.:
tanto pessimus omnium poëta, Quanto tu optimus omnium patronus,
Cat. 49, 6.—
b.
In colloquial lang.: tanto melior! so much the better! well done! good! excellent! bravo! etc.: To. Omnes sycophantias instruxi et comparavi, quo pacto ab lenone auferam hoc argentum. Sa. Tanto melior! Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 24; cf. Sen. Ep. 31;
so too: tanto melior,
Plaut. Truc. 5, 61; Phaedr. 3, 5, 3:
tanto hercle melior,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 38:
tanto major! tanto augustior!
how great! how noble! Plin. Pan. 71, 4:
tanto nequior!
so much the worse! that is bad! Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 12; cf. Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 84; so,
tanto miserior,
id. Stich. 5, 5, 8.—
4.
In tantum, so far, so much, to such a degree, so greatly:
danti in tantum producenda notitia est muneris sui, in quantum delectatura est eum, cui datur,
Sen. Ben. 2, 23; Col. 12, 24, 1:
quaedam aquae fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24, 1: humum in tantum deprimere, donec altitudinis mensuram datam ceperit, Col. 3, 13, 9:
in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27.
II.
Since tantus conveys only the idea of relative greatness, it may also be used (with a foll. ut) to denote a small amount, degree, extent, etc.; hence, of such a quantity or quality, such, so small, so slight or trivial; in the neutr., so little, so few (rare but class.):
ceterarum provinciarum vectigalia tanta sunt, ut iis ad ipsas provincias tutandas vix contenti esse possimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; id. Fam. 1, 7, 4: si bellum tantum erit, ut vos aut successores sustinere possint, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 10, 3:
praesidii tantum est, ut ne murus quidem cingi possit,
Caes. B. G. 6, 35:
tantum navium,
id. B. C. 3, 2.—Hence, tantum, adv.
A.
So much, so greatly, to such a degree, so:
tantum, quantum quis fuge,
as quickly as possible, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 94:
de quo tantum, quantum me amas, velim cogites,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 1:
id tantum abest ab officio, ut, etc.,
so far, id. Off. 1, 14, 43:
rex tantum auctoritate ejus motus est, ut, etc.,
Nep. Con. 4, 1:
tantum progressus a castris, ut dimicaturum appareret,
Liv. 37, 39, 6:
tantumque ibi moratus, dum, etc.,
so long, id. 27, 42, 13:
tantum ad narrandum argumentum adest benignitas,
Plaut. Men. prol. 16:
ne miremini, quā ratione hic tantum apud istum libertus potuerit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 54, § 134:
nullo tantum se Mysia cultu Jactat,
Verg. G. 1, 102.—With adjj. (mostly poet.):
nec tantum dulcia, quantum Et liquida,
Verg. G. 4, 101:
juventus Non tantum Veneris quantum studiosa culinae,
Hor. S. 2, 5, 80:
tantum dissimilis,
id. ib. 2, 3, 313:
Marius quantum bello optimus, tantum pace pessimus,
Vell. 2, 11, 1.—
B.
(Acc. to tantus, II.; and therefore, prop., only so much, so little; hence) Only, alone, merely, but:
tantum monet, quantum intellegit,
only so much, Cic. Tusc. 2, 19, 44:
tantum in latitudinem patebat, quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8:
quod haec tantum, quantum sensu movetur...se accommodat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 4, 11:
Socratem tantum de vitā et de moribus solitum esse quaerere,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
nomen tantum virtutis usurpas,
id. Par. 2, 17:
dixit tantum: nihil ostendit, nihil protulit,
id. Fl. 15, 34:
notus mihi nomine tantum,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 3:
apte dicere non elocutionis tantum genere constat, sed, etc.,
Quint. 11, 1, 7; so,
non tantum... sed,
id. 9, 3, 28:
nec tantum... sed (etiam),
id. 3, 8, 33; 9, 3, 78; 11, 2, 5.—So with unus (mostly post-Aug.;
once in Cic.): excepit unum tantum: scire se nihil se scire, nihil amplius,
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:
unum flumen tantum intererat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 19:
unum defuisse tantum superbiae,
Liv. 6, 16, 5; 21, 50, 6; 34, 9, 5; Just. 8, 5, 5; Cels. 5, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 1; Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120.—
b.
Strengthened by modo, and also joined with it in one word, tantummŏdo (freq. and class.;
whereas solummodo is only post-Aug., v. h. v.): homines populariter annum tantummodo solis, id est unius astri reditu metiuntur,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
ut tantummodo per stirpes alantur suas,
id. N. D. 2, 32, 81:
cum tantummodo potestatem gustandi feceris,
id. Rep. 2, 28, 51:
omnis ea judicatio versatur tantummodo in nomine,
id. ib. 4, 6, 6:
pedites tantummodo umeris ac summo pectore exstare (ut possent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 62:
velis tantummodo,
you have only to wish it, Hor. S. 1, 9, 54:
unum hoc tantummodo, neque praeterea quicquam, etc.,
Suet. Tib. 11 et saep.:
neque eum oratorem tantummodo, sed hominem non putant,
Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 52:
neque e silvis tantummodo promota castra, sed etiam... in campos delata acies,
Liv. 9, 37, 2:
Cn. Scipionem misit non ad tuendos tantummodo veteres socios, sed etiam ad pellendum Hispaniā Hasdrubalem,
id. 21, 32, 4; so,
non tantummodo... sed etiam,
Sen. Polyb. 15, 3; id. Ot. Sap. 3, 5; 5, 4; Front. Ep. ad Verr. p. 124:
non tantummodo... sed... quoque,
Vell. 2, 110, 5:
non tantummodo... verum etiam,
Aug. Ep. 162, 1; id. Grat. Christ. 14: non... tantum, with ellips. of sed, not only (but much more), Ov. Am. 1, 4, 63; cf.:
rem atrocem nec tantum epistulā dignam,
Plin. Ep. 3, 14; Juv. 1, 131.—
2.
Particular phrases.
a.
Tantum non, analog. to the Gr. monon ouk, to [p. 1842] point out an action as only not, i. e. very nearly, completed, almost, all but, very nearly (perh. not ante-Aug.; in Cic. Att. 14, 5, 2, Baiter reads tantummodo):
cum agger promotus ad urbem vineaeque tantum non jam injunctae moenibus essent,
Liv. 5, 7, 2:
tantum non jam captam Lacedaemonem esse,
id. 34, 40, 5:
tantum non ad portam bellum esse,
id. 25, 15, 1:
videt Romanos tantum non jam circumveniri a dextro cornu,
id. 37, 29, 9:
cum hostes tantum non arcessierint,
id. 4, 2, 12 Drak.:
tantum non adversis tempestatibus Rhodum enavigavit,
Suet. Tib. 11:
tantum non statim a funere,
id. ib. 52:
tantum non summam malorum suorum professus est,
id. ib. 66:
tantum non in ipso ejus consulatu,
id. Dom. 15 et saep.—But in many cases non belongs to the verb, and not to tantum:
tantum non cunctandum neque cessandum esse,
only there must be no delay, Liv. 35, 18, 8:
dictator bello ita gesto, ut tantum non defuisse fortunae videretur,
id. 4, 57, 8 Drak.; cf.:
ut qui per haec vicit, tantum non defuisse sibi advocatum sciat,
Quint. 6, 2, 4.—
b.
Tantum quod, denoting immediate nearness in point of time, only, just, but just, just then, hardly, scarcely (class.):
tantum quod ex Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterae redditae sunt,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1:
tantum quod ultimam imposuerat Pannonico bello Caesar manum, cum, etc.,
Vell. 2, 117, 1:
haec cum scriberem, tantum quod existimabam ad te orationem esse perlatam,
Cic. Att. 15, 13, 7:
navis Alexandrina, quae tantum quod appulerat,
Suet. Aug. 98:
natus est XVIII. Cal. Jan. tantum quod oriente sole,
id. Ner. 6:
tantum quod pueritiam egresso,
id. Aug. 63:
dentem tantum quod exemptum,
id. Vesp. 5 (but in Liv. 22, 2, 9; 33, 4, 6; Amm. 27, 5, 4, the quod belongs not to tantum, but to the following verb):
tantum alone = tantum quod,
Verg. E. 6, 16. —
c.
Tantum quod non, only that not, nothing is wanting but:
tantum quod hominem non nominat: causam quidem totam perscribit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tanti

14 tanto

tantus, a, um, adj. [perh. for tavantus; cf. Sanscr. tāvant, so great; Gr. teôs, i. e. teWôs].
I.
Of such size or measure, so great in amount, extent, value, degree, etc. (as some standard expressed or understood); usually with a foll. quantus, ut, qui, or absol.; rarely quam.
1.
With [p. 1841] quantus:
nullam (contionem) umquam vidi tantam, quanta nunc vestrum est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:
quae tanta sunt in hoc uno, quanta in omnibus reliquis imperatoribus,
id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 29:
est alienum tanto viro, quantus es tu, non posse, etc.,
id. ad Brut. 1, 9, 1:
tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt, quantum fuit diei spatium,
Caes. B. G. 2, 11; cf.:
quamquam Demaden continua dicendi exercitatio potuerit tantum, quantuluscumque postea fuit, fecisse,
Quint. 2, 17, 12; Cic. Lael. 20, 74; Sall. C. 58, 2.—
2.
With ut.
a.
Denoting result or consequence; with subj.:
tanta erat operis firmitudo, ut, etc.,
Caes. B G 4, 17:
non fuit tantus homo Sex. Roscius in civitate, ut, etc.,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 43, 125;
unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis... ut, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:
quod ego tantum nefas commisi, ut hanc vicem saevitiae meae redderes?
Curt. 4, 10, 29:
quod tantum cogitavi nefas, ut dignior Philotas me videretur?
id. 6, 7, 30.—
b.
Denoting comparison:
tantā modestiā dicto audiens fuit, ut si privatus esset,
Nep. Ages. 4, 2.—
3.
With rel. qui, etc.:
cave putes aut mare ullum aut flammam esse tantam, quam non facilius sit sedare quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 42, 65:
statuerunt, tantum illud esse maleficium, quod, etc.,
id. Sull. 2, 7:
nulla est tanta vis, quae non ferro frangi possit,
id. Marcell. 3, 8.—
4.
Without correlation (esp. freq. in exclamations, etc.) ita tanta mira in aedibus sunt facta, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 5:
tanta factis modo mira miris modis, etc.,
id. Cas. 3, 5, 5:
qui tantus natu deorum nescis nomina,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 15:
neque solum in tantis rebus, sed etiam in mediocribus vel studiis vel officiis,
id. Rep. 1, 3, 4:
tantilla tanta verba funditat,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 61. hocine mihi ob labores tantos tantillum dari, id. Truc. 2, 6, 56:
ne tantae nationes conjugantur,
Caes. B. G. 3, 11:
onus,
id. ib. 2, 30 in tantis motionibus tantisque vicissitudinibus, tam multarum rerum atque tantarum ordinious, Cic. N D. 2, 5, 15:
non idem sentio tanta hac in re tamque immensa posse fieri,
id. de Or 2, 20, 84:
qui tantas et tam infinitas pecunias repudiarit,
id. Rosc. Com. 8, 24:
tot tantaque vitia,
id. Verr 1, 16, 47:
quae faceres in hominem tantum et talem,
id. Fam. 13, 66, 1; cf.:
conservare urbes tantas atque tales,
id. N. D. 3, 38, 92, so too, with talis, id. Fam. 15, 4, 14, id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:
tanta ista mala,
Sall. C. 40, 2;
Liv 31, 9: neque tanto tractu se colligit anguis,
Verg. G. 2, 154:
tantorum ingentia septem Terga boum,
id. A. 5, 404; Curt. 3, 1, 10; 3, 3, 28; 4, 1, 1:
sexcenta tanta reddam, si vivo, tibi,
six hundred times as much, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 111; so,
sexcenta tanta,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 37:
tribus tantis illi minus redit quam obseveris,
three times as much less, id. Trin. 2, 4, 129:
jam non quaero, unde tantam Melitensem vestem habueris,
such a great quantity of, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 74, § 183:
si in uno corpore tantarum rerum gubernationem mens humana possidet,
Lact. 1, 3, 21.—
5.
With quam:
maria aspera juro, Non ullum pro me tantum cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,
Verg. A. 6, 352 (cf. infra, B. 2.).—With a partit. gen.:
tantus ille ventorum,
Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 (dub.; Jahn, ventus).—
6.
Esp. in phrase tantō ŏpĕre; freq. as one word, tantŏpĕre, so greatly, in so high a degree, so very, etc. (class. and freq.):
cur tanto opere extimueras?
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 92, cf.:
si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,
Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 2; id. Ep. 1, 2, 31; Ter. And. 5, 2, 27; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 38; Caes. B. G. 7, 52; Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21; id. Mur. 10, 23; id. de Or. 1, 35, 164 al.—In an inverted order:
mirum est, me, ut redeam, te opere tanto quaesere,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 1.—
B.
Transf., so many ( = tot; mostly poet.):
tantae Coëunt in proelia gentes,
Val. Fl. 5, 636:
lamentabile tantis urbibus,
Stat. Th. 11, 160:
legatum valet in tantos quanti inveniantur,
Dig. 30, 1, 65.— Sing.:
numquam tanto se vulture caelum Induit,
Luc. 7, 834. —
C.
Neutr. absol.
1.
tantum, so much, so many:
habere tantum molestiae quantum gloriae...ut tantum nobis, quantum ipsi superesse posset, remitteret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:
decutio argenti tantum, quantum mihi lubet,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 3, 4:
iis adposuit tantum, quod satis esset, nullo adparatu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 91: tantum complectitur, quod satis sit modicae palaestrae, id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:
eo indito cumini fricti tantum, quod oleat,
Cato, R. R. 156, 3 (cf.: tantum quod, s. v. tantum, adv. B. 2. b.): Ch. Coactus reddidit ducentos et mille Philippum. Ni. Tantum debuit, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 38: nec tantum Karthago habuisset opum, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 526 (1, 48, 3 B. and K.):
cum tantum belli in manibus esset,
Liv. 4, 57, 1:
sed quid hic tantum hominum incedunt?
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 5:
tantum hostium intra muros est,
Liv. 3, 17, 4 et saep.:
sexies tantum, quam quantum satum sit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 43, § 102; cf.:
etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam, etc.,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81 (v. alter):
tantum... dum,
Liv. 27, 42, 12; cf.:
tantum modo... dum,
Sall. J. 53, 3: tantum abest, ut, etc. (v. absum). —
b.
In colloquial lang.: tantum est, that is all, nothing more, etc.:
vos rogat, ut, etc. Tantum est. Valete,
Plaut. Trin. prol. 22; so id. Cas. prol. 87: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, id. Merc. 2, 2, 12; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 26; id. Hec. 5, 3, 15.—
2.
Gen. (of price) tanti:
tanti, quanti poscit, vin' tanti illam emi?
Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 22; cf.:
tanti est, quanti est fungus putidus,
it is worth as much as, is worth no more than, id. Bacch. 4, 7, 23:
frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:
ubi me dixero dare tanti,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 49:
graviter increpuit, tanti habitare censorem,
in so costly a house, Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 3. —
b.
Trop.: est tanti (alicui), to be worth so much; to be valued, prized, or esteemed so highly; to be of such consequence or importance:
tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20: tanti non fuit Arsacen capere, ut, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 1:
hoc tanti fuit vertere, ut, etc.,
Quint. 1, 6, 38: est mihi tanti, Quirites, hujus invidiae tempestatem subire, dummodo a vobis hujus belli periculum depellatur, it is worth this price to me, i. e. I esteem it a light thing, Cic. Cat. 2, 7, 15; cf.:
sed est tanti (sc.: invidiam istam mihi impendere), dummodo,
id. ib. 1, 9, 22:
etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem, etc.,
id. Mil. 22, 58:
juratus tibi possum dicere, nihil esse tanti, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 13, 2:
cum dicturis tanti suae non sint (actiones),
Quint. 12, 8, 4:
sunt o! sunt jurgia tanti,
Ov. M. 2, 424 et saep.—
3.
Abl. (with comparatives) tantō, by so much, so much the:
quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarem mittebantur,
Caes. B. G. 5, 45; cf.:
quantum opere processerant, tanto aberant ab aquā longius,
id. B. C. 1, 81:
tanto major vis, quanto recentior,
Plin. 9, 38, 62, § 133:
reperietis quinquies tanto amplius istum quam quantum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 97, § 225:
tantone minoris decumae venierunt quam fuerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 45, § 106 et saep.: bis tanto amici sunt inter se quam prius, twice as much, twice as good, dis tosôi, Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 62:
bis tanto pluris,
id. Men. 4, 3, 6:
ter tanto pejor,
id. Pers. 1, 3, 73:
multo tanto miserior,
id. Rud. 2, 6, 37:
si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 89:
post tanto,
Verg. G. 3, 476; Curt. 6, 7, 26.— Rarely with verbs denoting comparison:
tanto praestitit ceteros imperatores, quan to populus Romanus antecedit fortitudine cunctas nationes,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1; Ov. M. 13, 368; cf.:
doctrinis tanto antecessit condiscipulos, ut, etc.,
Nep. Epam. 2, 2.— Poet. with sup.:
tanto pessimus omnium poëta, Quanto tu optimus omnium patronus,
Cat. 49, 6.—
b.
In colloquial lang.: tanto melior! so much the better! well done! good! excellent! bravo! etc.: To. Omnes sycophantias instruxi et comparavi, quo pacto ab lenone auferam hoc argentum. Sa. Tanto melior! Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 24; cf. Sen. Ep. 31;
so too: tanto melior,
Plaut. Truc. 5, 61; Phaedr. 3, 5, 3:
tanto hercle melior,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 38:
tanto major! tanto augustior!
how great! how noble! Plin. Pan. 71, 4:
tanto nequior!
so much the worse! that is bad! Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 12; cf. Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 84; so,
tanto miserior,
id. Stich. 5, 5, 8.—
4.
In tantum, so far, so much, to such a degree, so greatly:
danti in tantum producenda notitia est muneris sui, in quantum delectatura est eum, cui datur,
Sen. Ben. 2, 23; Col. 12, 24, 1:
quaedam aquae fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24, 1: humum in tantum deprimere, donec altitudinis mensuram datam ceperit, Col. 3, 13, 9:
in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27.
II.
Since tantus conveys only the idea of relative greatness, it may also be used (with a foll. ut) to denote a small amount, degree, extent, etc.; hence, of such a quantity or quality, such, so small, so slight or trivial; in the neutr., so little, so few (rare but class.):
ceterarum provinciarum vectigalia tanta sunt, ut iis ad ipsas provincias tutandas vix contenti esse possimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; id. Fam. 1, 7, 4: si bellum tantum erit, ut vos aut successores sustinere possint, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 10, 3:
praesidii tantum est, ut ne murus quidem cingi possit,
Caes. B. G. 6, 35:
tantum navium,
id. B. C. 3, 2.—Hence, tantum, adv.
A.
So much, so greatly, to such a degree, so:
tantum, quantum quis fuge,
as quickly as possible, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 94:
de quo tantum, quantum me amas, velim cogites,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 1:
id tantum abest ab officio, ut, etc.,
so far, id. Off. 1, 14, 43:
rex tantum auctoritate ejus motus est, ut, etc.,
Nep. Con. 4, 1:
tantum progressus a castris, ut dimicaturum appareret,
Liv. 37, 39, 6:
tantumque ibi moratus, dum, etc.,
so long, id. 27, 42, 13:
tantum ad narrandum argumentum adest benignitas,
Plaut. Men. prol. 16:
ne miremini, quā ratione hic tantum apud istum libertus potuerit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 54, § 134:
nullo tantum se Mysia cultu Jactat,
Verg. G. 1, 102.—With adjj. (mostly poet.):
nec tantum dulcia, quantum Et liquida,
Verg. G. 4, 101:
juventus Non tantum Veneris quantum studiosa culinae,
Hor. S. 2, 5, 80:
tantum dissimilis,
id. ib. 2, 3, 313:
Marius quantum bello optimus, tantum pace pessimus,
Vell. 2, 11, 1.—
B.
(Acc. to tantus, II.; and therefore, prop., only so much, so little; hence) Only, alone, merely, but:
tantum monet, quantum intellegit,
only so much, Cic. Tusc. 2, 19, 44:
tantum in latitudinem patebat, quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8:
quod haec tantum, quantum sensu movetur...se accommodat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 4, 11:
Socratem tantum de vitā et de moribus solitum esse quaerere,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
nomen tantum virtutis usurpas,
id. Par. 2, 17:
dixit tantum: nihil ostendit, nihil protulit,
id. Fl. 15, 34:
notus mihi nomine tantum,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 3:
apte dicere non elocutionis tantum genere constat, sed, etc.,
Quint. 11, 1, 7; so,
non tantum... sed,
id. 9, 3, 28:
nec tantum... sed (etiam),
id. 3, 8, 33; 9, 3, 78; 11, 2, 5.—So with unus (mostly post-Aug.;
once in Cic.): excepit unum tantum: scire se nihil se scire, nihil amplius,
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:
unum flumen tantum intererat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 19:
unum defuisse tantum superbiae,
Liv. 6, 16, 5; 21, 50, 6; 34, 9, 5; Just. 8, 5, 5; Cels. 5, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 1; Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120.—
b.
Strengthened by modo, and also joined with it in one word, tantummŏdo (freq. and class.;
whereas solummodo is only post-Aug., v. h. v.): homines populariter annum tantummodo solis, id est unius astri reditu metiuntur,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
ut tantummodo per stirpes alantur suas,
id. N. D. 2, 32, 81:
cum tantummodo potestatem gustandi feceris,
id. Rep. 2, 28, 51:
omnis ea judicatio versatur tantummodo in nomine,
id. ib. 4, 6, 6:
pedites tantummodo umeris ac summo pectore exstare (ut possent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 62:
velis tantummodo,
you have only to wish it, Hor. S. 1, 9, 54:
unum hoc tantummodo, neque praeterea quicquam, etc.,
Suet. Tib. 11 et saep.:
neque eum oratorem tantummodo, sed hominem non putant,
Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 52:
neque e silvis tantummodo promota castra, sed etiam... in campos delata acies,
Liv. 9, 37, 2:
Cn. Scipionem misit non ad tuendos tantummodo veteres socios, sed etiam ad pellendum Hispaniā Hasdrubalem,
id. 21, 32, 4; so,
non tantummodo... sed etiam,
Sen. Polyb. 15, 3; id. Ot. Sap. 3, 5; 5, 4; Front. Ep. ad Verr. p. 124:
non tantummodo... sed... quoque,
Vell. 2, 110, 5:
non tantummodo... verum etiam,
Aug. Ep. 162, 1; id. Grat. Christ. 14: non... tantum, with ellips. of sed, not only (but much more), Ov. Am. 1, 4, 63; cf.:
rem atrocem nec tantum epistulā dignam,
Plin. Ep. 3, 14; Juv. 1, 131.—
2.
Particular phrases.
a.
Tantum non, analog. to the Gr. monon ouk, to [p. 1842] point out an action as only not, i. e. very nearly, completed, almost, all but, very nearly (perh. not ante-Aug.; in Cic. Att. 14, 5, 2, Baiter reads tantummodo):
cum agger promotus ad urbem vineaeque tantum non jam injunctae moenibus essent,
Liv. 5, 7, 2:
tantum non jam captam Lacedaemonem esse,
id. 34, 40, 5:
tantum non ad portam bellum esse,
id. 25, 15, 1:
videt Romanos tantum non jam circumveniri a dextro cornu,
id. 37, 29, 9:
cum hostes tantum non arcessierint,
id. 4, 2, 12 Drak.:
tantum non adversis tempestatibus Rhodum enavigavit,
Suet. Tib. 11:
tantum non statim a funere,
id. ib. 52:
tantum non summam malorum suorum professus est,
id. ib. 66:
tantum non in ipso ejus consulatu,
id. Dom. 15 et saep.—But in many cases non belongs to the verb, and not to tantum:
tantum non cunctandum neque cessandum esse,
only there must be no delay, Liv. 35, 18, 8:
dictator bello ita gesto, ut tantum non defuisse fortunae videretur,
id. 4, 57, 8 Drak.; cf.:
ut qui per haec vicit, tantum non defuisse sibi advocatum sciat,
Quint. 6, 2, 4.—
b.
Tantum quod, denoting immediate nearness in point of time, only, just, but just, just then, hardly, scarcely (class.):
tantum quod ex Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterae redditae sunt,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1:
tantum quod ultimam imposuerat Pannonico bello Caesar manum, cum, etc.,
Vell. 2, 117, 1:
haec cum scriberem, tantum quod existimabam ad te orationem esse perlatam,
Cic. Att. 15, 13, 7:
navis Alexandrina, quae tantum quod appulerat,
Suet. Aug. 98:
natus est XVIII. Cal. Jan. tantum quod oriente sole,
id. Ner. 6:
tantum quod pueritiam egresso,
id. Aug. 63:
dentem tantum quod exemptum,
id. Vesp. 5 (but in Liv. 22, 2, 9; 33, 4, 6; Amm. 27, 5, 4, the quod belongs not to tantum, but to the following verb):
tantum alone = tantum quod,
Verg. E. 6, 16. —
c.
Tantum quod non, only that not, nothing is wanting but:
tantum quod hominem non nominat: causam quidem totam perscribit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tanto

15 tanto opere

tantus, a, um, adj. [perh. for tavantus; cf. Sanscr. tāvant, so great; Gr. teôs, i. e. teWôs].
I.
Of such size or measure, so great in amount, extent, value, degree, etc. (as some standard expressed or understood); usually with a foll. quantus, ut, qui, or absol.; rarely quam.
1.
With [p. 1841] quantus:
nullam (contionem) umquam vidi tantam, quanta nunc vestrum est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:
quae tanta sunt in hoc uno, quanta in omnibus reliquis imperatoribus,
id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 29:
est alienum tanto viro, quantus es tu, non posse, etc.,
id. ad Brut. 1, 9, 1:
tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt, quantum fuit diei spatium,
Caes. B. G. 2, 11; cf.:
quamquam Demaden continua dicendi exercitatio potuerit tantum, quantuluscumque postea fuit, fecisse,
Quint. 2, 17, 12; Cic. Lael. 20, 74; Sall. C. 58, 2.—
2.
With ut.
a.
Denoting result or consequence; with subj.:
tanta erat operis firmitudo, ut, etc.,
Caes. B G 4, 17:
non fuit tantus homo Sex. Roscius in civitate, ut, etc.,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 43, 125;
unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis... ut, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:
quod ego tantum nefas commisi, ut hanc vicem saevitiae meae redderes?
Curt. 4, 10, 29:
quod tantum cogitavi nefas, ut dignior Philotas me videretur?
id. 6, 7, 30.—
b.
Denoting comparison:
tantā modestiā dicto audiens fuit, ut si privatus esset,
Nep. Ages. 4, 2.—
3.
With rel. qui, etc.:
cave putes aut mare ullum aut flammam esse tantam, quam non facilius sit sedare quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 42, 65:
statuerunt, tantum illud esse maleficium, quod, etc.,
id. Sull. 2, 7:
nulla est tanta vis, quae non ferro frangi possit,
id. Marcell. 3, 8.—
4.
Without correlation (esp. freq. in exclamations, etc.) ita tanta mira in aedibus sunt facta, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 5:
tanta factis modo mira miris modis, etc.,
id. Cas. 3, 5, 5:
qui tantus natu deorum nescis nomina,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 15:
neque solum in tantis rebus, sed etiam in mediocribus vel studiis vel officiis,
id. Rep. 1, 3, 4:
tantilla tanta verba funditat,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 61. hocine mihi ob labores tantos tantillum dari, id. Truc. 2, 6, 56:
ne tantae nationes conjugantur,
Caes. B. G. 3, 11:
onus,
id. ib. 2, 30 in tantis motionibus tantisque vicissitudinibus, tam multarum rerum atque tantarum ordinious, Cic. N D. 2, 5, 15:
non idem sentio tanta hac in re tamque immensa posse fieri,
id. de Or 2, 20, 84:
qui tantas et tam infinitas pecunias repudiarit,
id. Rosc. Com. 8, 24:
tot tantaque vitia,
id. Verr 1, 16, 47:
quae faceres in hominem tantum et talem,
id. Fam. 13, 66, 1; cf.:
conservare urbes tantas atque tales,
id. N. D. 3, 38, 92, so too, with talis, id. Fam. 15, 4, 14, id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:
tanta ista mala,
Sall. C. 40, 2;
Liv 31, 9: neque tanto tractu se colligit anguis,
Verg. G. 2, 154:
tantorum ingentia septem Terga boum,
id. A. 5, 404; Curt. 3, 1, 10; 3, 3, 28; 4, 1, 1:
sexcenta tanta reddam, si vivo, tibi,
six hundred times as much, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 111; so,
sexcenta tanta,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 37:
tribus tantis illi minus redit quam obseveris,
three times as much less, id. Trin. 2, 4, 129:
jam non quaero, unde tantam Melitensem vestem habueris,
such a great quantity of, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 74, § 183:
si in uno corpore tantarum rerum gubernationem mens humana possidet,
Lact. 1, 3, 21.—
5.
With quam:
maria aspera juro, Non ullum pro me tantum cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,
Verg. A. 6, 352 (cf. infra, B. 2.).—With a partit. gen.:
tantus ille ventorum,
Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 (dub.; Jahn, ventus).—
6.
Esp. in phrase tantō ŏpĕre; freq. as one word, tantŏpĕre, so greatly, in so high a degree, so very, etc. (class. and freq.):
cur tanto opere extimueras?
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 92, cf.:
si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,
Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 2; id. Ep. 1, 2, 31; Ter. And. 5, 2, 27; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 38; Caes. B. G. 7, 52; Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21; id. Mur. 10, 23; id. de Or. 1, 35, 164 al.—In an inverted order:
mirum est, me, ut redeam, te opere tanto quaesere,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 1.—
B.
Transf., so many ( = tot; mostly poet.):
tantae Coëunt in proelia gentes,
Val. Fl. 5, 636:
lamentabile tantis urbibus,
Stat. Th. 11, 160:
legatum valet in tantos quanti inveniantur,
Dig. 30, 1, 65.— Sing.:
numquam tanto se vulture caelum Induit,
Luc. 7, 834. —
C.
Neutr. absol.
1.
tantum, so much, so many:
habere tantum molestiae quantum gloriae...ut tantum nobis, quantum ipsi superesse posset, remitteret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:
decutio argenti tantum, quantum mihi lubet,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 3, 4:
iis adposuit tantum, quod satis esset, nullo adparatu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 91: tantum complectitur, quod satis sit modicae palaestrae, id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:
eo indito cumini fricti tantum, quod oleat,
Cato, R. R. 156, 3 (cf.: tantum quod, s. v. tantum, adv. B. 2. b.): Ch. Coactus reddidit ducentos et mille Philippum. Ni. Tantum debuit, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 38: nec tantum Karthago habuisset opum, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 526 (1, 48, 3 B. and K.):
cum tantum belli in manibus esset,
Liv. 4, 57, 1:
sed quid hic tantum hominum incedunt?
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 5:
tantum hostium intra muros est,
Liv. 3, 17, 4 et saep.:
sexies tantum, quam quantum satum sit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 43, § 102; cf.:
etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam, etc.,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81 (v. alter):
tantum... dum,
Liv. 27, 42, 12; cf.:
tantum modo... dum,
Sall. J. 53, 3: tantum abest, ut, etc. (v. absum). —
b.
In colloquial lang.: tantum est, that is all, nothing more, etc.:
vos rogat, ut, etc. Tantum est. Valete,
Plaut. Trin. prol. 22; so id. Cas. prol. 87: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, id. Merc. 2, 2, 12; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 26; id. Hec. 5, 3, 15.—
2.
Gen. (of price) tanti:
tanti, quanti poscit, vin' tanti illam emi?
Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 22; cf.:
tanti est, quanti est fungus putidus,
it is worth as much as, is worth no more than, id. Bacch. 4, 7, 23:
frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:
ubi me dixero dare tanti,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 49:
graviter increpuit, tanti habitare censorem,
in so costly a house, Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 3. —
b.
Trop.: est tanti (alicui), to be worth so much; to be valued, prized, or esteemed so highly; to be of such consequence or importance:
tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20: tanti non fuit Arsacen capere, ut, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 1:
hoc tanti fuit vertere, ut, etc.,
Quint. 1, 6, 38: est mihi tanti, Quirites, hujus invidiae tempestatem subire, dummodo a vobis hujus belli periculum depellatur, it is worth this price to me, i. e. I esteem it a light thing, Cic. Cat. 2, 7, 15; cf.:
sed est tanti (sc.: invidiam istam mihi impendere), dummodo,
id. ib. 1, 9, 22:
etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem, etc.,
id. Mil. 22, 58:
juratus tibi possum dicere, nihil esse tanti, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 13, 2:
cum dicturis tanti suae non sint (actiones),
Quint. 12, 8, 4:
sunt o! sunt jurgia tanti,
Ov. M. 2, 424 et saep.—
3.
Abl. (with comparatives) tantō, by so much, so much the:
quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarem mittebantur,
Caes. B. G. 5, 45; cf.:
quantum opere processerant, tanto aberant ab aquā longius,
id. B. C. 1, 81:
tanto major vis, quanto recentior,
Plin. 9, 38, 62, § 133:
reperietis quinquies tanto amplius istum quam quantum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 97, § 225:
tantone minoris decumae venierunt quam fuerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 45, § 106 et saep.: bis tanto amici sunt inter se quam prius, twice as much, twice as good, dis tosôi, Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 62:
bis tanto pluris,
id. Men. 4, 3, 6:
ter tanto pejor,
id. Pers. 1, 3, 73:
multo tanto miserior,
id. Rud. 2, 6, 37:
si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 89:
post tanto,
Verg. G. 3, 476; Curt. 6, 7, 26.— Rarely with verbs denoting comparison:
tanto praestitit ceteros imperatores, quan to populus Romanus antecedit fortitudine cunctas nationes,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1; Ov. M. 13, 368; cf.:
doctrinis tanto antecessit condiscipulos, ut, etc.,
Nep. Epam. 2, 2.— Poet. with sup.:
tanto pessimus omnium poëta, Quanto tu optimus omnium patronus,
Cat. 49, 6.—
b.
In colloquial lang.: tanto melior! so much the better! well done! good! excellent! bravo! etc.: To. Omnes sycophantias instruxi et comparavi, quo pacto ab lenone auferam hoc argentum. Sa. Tanto melior! Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 24; cf. Sen. Ep. 31;
so too: tanto melior,
Plaut. Truc. 5, 61; Phaedr. 3, 5, 3:
tanto hercle melior,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 38:
tanto major! tanto augustior!
how great! how noble! Plin. Pan. 71, 4:
tanto nequior!
so much the worse! that is bad! Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 12; cf. Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 84; so,
tanto miserior,
id. Stich. 5, 5, 8.—
4.
In tantum, so far, so much, to such a degree, so greatly:
danti in tantum producenda notitia est muneris sui, in quantum delectatura est eum, cui datur,
Sen. Ben. 2, 23; Col. 12, 24, 1:
quaedam aquae fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24, 1: humum in tantum deprimere, donec altitudinis mensuram datam ceperit, Col. 3, 13, 9:
in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27.
II.
Since tantus conveys only the idea of relative greatness, it may also be used (with a foll. ut) to denote a small amount, degree, extent, etc.; hence, of such a quantity or quality, such, so small, so slight or trivial; in the neutr., so little, so few (rare but class.):
ceterarum provinciarum vectigalia tanta sunt, ut iis ad ipsas provincias tutandas vix contenti esse possimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; id. Fam. 1, 7, 4: si bellum tantum erit, ut vos aut successores sustinere possint, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 10, 3:
praesidii tantum est, ut ne murus quidem cingi possit,
Caes. B. G. 6, 35:
tantum navium,
id. B. C. 3, 2.—Hence, tantum, adv.
A.
So much, so greatly, to such a degree, so:
tantum, quantum quis fuge,
as quickly as possible, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 94:
de quo tantum, quantum me amas, velim cogites,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 1:
id tantum abest ab officio, ut, etc.,
so far, id. Off. 1, 14, 43:
rex tantum auctoritate ejus motus est, ut, etc.,
Nep. Con. 4, 1:
tantum progressus a castris, ut dimicaturum appareret,
Liv. 37, 39, 6:
tantumque ibi moratus, dum, etc.,
so long, id. 27, 42, 13:
tantum ad narrandum argumentum adest benignitas,
Plaut. Men. prol. 16:
ne miremini, quā ratione hic tantum apud istum libertus potuerit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 54, § 134:
nullo tantum se Mysia cultu Jactat,
Verg. G. 1, 102.—With adjj. (mostly poet.):
nec tantum dulcia, quantum Et liquida,
Verg. G. 4, 101:
juventus Non tantum Veneris quantum studiosa culinae,
Hor. S. 2, 5, 80:
tantum dissimilis,
id. ib. 2, 3, 313:
Marius quantum bello optimus, tantum pace pessimus,
Vell. 2, 11, 1.—
B.
(Acc. to tantus, II.; and therefore, prop., only so much, so little; hence) Only, alone, merely, but:
tantum monet, quantum intellegit,
only so much, Cic. Tusc. 2, 19, 44:
tantum in latitudinem patebat, quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8:
quod haec tantum, quantum sensu movetur...se accommodat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 4, 11:
Socratem tantum de vitā et de moribus solitum esse quaerere,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
nomen tantum virtutis usurpas,
id. Par. 2, 17:
dixit tantum: nihil ostendit, nihil protulit,
id. Fl. 15, 34:
notus mihi nomine tantum,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 3:
apte dicere non elocutionis tantum genere constat, sed, etc.,
Quint. 11, 1, 7; so,
non tantum... sed,
id. 9, 3, 28:
nec tantum... sed (etiam),
id. 3, 8, 33; 9, 3, 78; 11, 2, 5.—So with unus (mostly post-Aug.;
once in Cic.): excepit unum tantum: scire se nihil se scire, nihil amplius,
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:
unum flumen tantum intererat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 19:
unum defuisse tantum superbiae,
Liv. 6, 16, 5; 21, 50, 6; 34, 9, 5; Just. 8, 5, 5; Cels. 5, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 1; Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120.—
b.
Strengthened by modo, and also joined with it in one word, tantummŏdo (freq. and class.;
whereas solummodo is only post-Aug., v. h. v.): homines populariter annum tantummodo solis, id est unius astri reditu metiuntur,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
ut tantummodo per stirpes alantur suas,
id. N. D. 2, 32, 81:
cum tantummodo potestatem gustandi feceris,
id. Rep. 2, 28, 51:
omnis ea judicatio versatur tantummodo in nomine,
id. ib. 4, 6, 6:
pedites tantummodo umeris ac summo pectore exstare (ut possent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 62:
velis tantummodo,
you have only to wish it, Hor. S. 1, 9, 54:
unum hoc tantummodo, neque praeterea quicquam, etc.,
Suet. Tib. 11 et saep.:
neque eum oratorem tantummodo, sed hominem non putant,
Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 52:
neque e silvis tantummodo promota castra, sed etiam... in campos delata acies,
Liv. 9, 37, 2:
Cn. Scipionem misit non ad tuendos tantummodo veteres socios, sed etiam ad pellendum Hispaniā Hasdrubalem,
id. 21, 32, 4; so,
non tantummodo... sed etiam,
Sen. Polyb. 15, 3; id. Ot. Sap. 3, 5; 5, 4; Front. Ep. ad Verr. p. 124:
non tantummodo... sed... quoque,
Vell. 2, 110, 5:
non tantummodo... verum etiam,
Aug. Ep. 162, 1; id. Grat. Christ. 14: non... tantum, with ellips. of sed, not only (but much more), Ov. Am. 1, 4, 63; cf.:
rem atrocem nec tantum epistulā dignam,
Plin. Ep. 3, 14; Juv. 1, 131.—
2.
Particular phrases.
a.
Tantum non, analog. to the Gr. monon ouk, to [p. 1842] point out an action as only not, i. e. very nearly, completed, almost, all but, very nearly (perh. not ante-Aug.; in Cic. Att. 14, 5, 2, Baiter reads tantummodo):
cum agger promotus ad urbem vineaeque tantum non jam injunctae moenibus essent,
Liv. 5, 7, 2:
tantum non jam captam Lacedaemonem esse,
id. 34, 40, 5:
tantum non ad portam bellum esse,
id. 25, 15, 1:
videt Romanos tantum non jam circumveniri a dextro cornu,
id. 37, 29, 9:
cum hostes tantum non arcessierint,
id. 4, 2, 12 Drak.:
tantum non adversis tempestatibus Rhodum enavigavit,
Suet. Tib. 11:
tantum non statim a funere,
id. ib. 52:
tantum non summam malorum suorum professus est,
id. ib. 66:
tantum non in ipso ejus consulatu,
id. Dom. 15 et saep.—But in many cases non belongs to the verb, and not to tantum:
tantum non cunctandum neque cessandum esse,
only there must be no delay, Liv. 35, 18, 8:
dictator bello ita gesto, ut tantum non defuisse fortunae videretur,
id. 4, 57, 8 Drak.; cf.:
ut qui per haec vicit, tantum non defuisse sibi advocatum sciat,
Quint. 6, 2, 4.—
b.
Tantum quod, denoting immediate nearness in point of time, only, just, but just, just then, hardly, scarcely (class.):
tantum quod ex Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterae redditae sunt,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1:
tantum quod ultimam imposuerat Pannonico bello Caesar manum, cum, etc.,
Vell. 2, 117, 1:
haec cum scriberem, tantum quod existimabam ad te orationem esse perlatam,
Cic. Att. 15, 13, 7:
navis Alexandrina, quae tantum quod appulerat,
Suet. Aug. 98:
natus est XVIII. Cal. Jan. tantum quod oriente sole,
id. Ner. 6:
tantum quod pueritiam egresso,
id. Aug. 63:
dentem tantum quod exemptum,
id. Vesp. 5 (but in Liv. 22, 2, 9; 33, 4, 6; Amm. 27, 5, 4, the quod belongs not to tantum, but to the following verb):
tantum alone = tantum quod,
Verg. E. 6, 16. —
c.
Tantum quod non, only that not, nothing is wanting but:
tantum quod hominem non nominat: causam quidem totam perscribit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tanto opere

16 tantus

tantus, a, um, adj. [perh. for tavantus; cf. Sanscr. tāvant, so great; Gr. teôs, i. e. teWôs].
I.
Of such size or measure, so great in amount, extent, value, degree, etc. (as some standard expressed or understood); usually with a foll. quantus, ut, qui, or absol.; rarely quam.
1.
With [p. 1841] quantus:
nullam (contionem) umquam vidi tantam, quanta nunc vestrum est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:
quae tanta sunt in hoc uno, quanta in omnibus reliquis imperatoribus,
id. Imp. Pomp. 11, 29:
est alienum tanto viro, quantus es tu, non posse, etc.,
id. ad Brut. 1, 9, 1:
tantam eorum multitudinem nostri interfecerunt, quantum fuit diei spatium,
Caes. B. G. 2, 11; cf.:
quamquam Demaden continua dicendi exercitatio potuerit tantum, quantuluscumque postea fuit, fecisse,
Quint. 2, 17, 12; Cic. Lael. 20, 74; Sall. C. 58, 2.—
2.
With ut.
a.
Denoting result or consequence; with subj.:
tanta erat operis firmitudo, ut, etc.,
Caes. B G 4, 17:
non fuit tantus homo Sex. Roscius in civitate, ut, etc.,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 43, 125;
unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis... ut, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:
quod ego tantum nefas commisi, ut hanc vicem saevitiae meae redderes?
Curt. 4, 10, 29:
quod tantum cogitavi nefas, ut dignior Philotas me videretur?
id. 6, 7, 30.—
b.
Denoting comparison:
tantā modestiā dicto audiens fuit, ut si privatus esset,
Nep. Ages. 4, 2.—
3.
With rel. qui, etc.:
cave putes aut mare ullum aut flammam esse tantam, quam non facilius sit sedare quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 42, 65:
statuerunt, tantum illud esse maleficium, quod, etc.,
id. Sull. 2, 7:
nulla est tanta vis, quae non ferro frangi possit,
id. Marcell. 3, 8.—
4.
Without correlation (esp. freq. in exclamations, etc.) ita tanta mira in aedibus sunt facta, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 5:
tanta factis modo mira miris modis, etc.,
id. Cas. 3, 5, 5:
qui tantus natu deorum nescis nomina,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 15:
neque solum in tantis rebus, sed etiam in mediocribus vel studiis vel officiis,
id. Rep. 1, 3, 4:
tantilla tanta verba funditat,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 61. hocine mihi ob labores tantos tantillum dari, id. Truc. 2, 6, 56:
ne tantae nationes conjugantur,
Caes. B. G. 3, 11:
onus,
id. ib. 2, 30 in tantis motionibus tantisque vicissitudinibus, tam multarum rerum atque tantarum ordinious, Cic. N D. 2, 5, 15:
non idem sentio tanta hac in re tamque immensa posse fieri,
id. de Or 2, 20, 84:
qui tantas et tam infinitas pecunias repudiarit,
id. Rosc. Com. 8, 24:
tot tantaque vitia,
id. Verr 1, 16, 47:
quae faceres in hominem tantum et talem,
id. Fam. 13, 66, 1; cf.:
conservare urbes tantas atque tales,
id. N. D. 3, 38, 92, so too, with talis, id. Fam. 15, 4, 14, id. Phil. 2, 29, 71:
tanta ista mala,
Sall. C. 40, 2;
Liv 31, 9: neque tanto tractu se colligit anguis,
Verg. G. 2, 154:
tantorum ingentia septem Terga boum,
id. A. 5, 404; Curt. 3, 1, 10; 3, 3, 28; 4, 1, 1:
sexcenta tanta reddam, si vivo, tibi,
six hundred times as much, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 111; so,
sexcenta tanta,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 37:
tribus tantis illi minus redit quam obseveris,
three times as much less, id. Trin. 2, 4, 129:
jam non quaero, unde tantam Melitensem vestem habueris,
such a great quantity of, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 74, § 183:
si in uno corpore tantarum rerum gubernationem mens humana possidet,
Lact. 1, 3, 21.—
5.
With quam:
maria aspera juro, Non ullum pro me tantum cepisse timorem, Quam, etc.,
Verg. A. 6, 352 (cf. infra, B. 2.).—With a partit. gen.:
tantus ille ventorum,
Plin. 2, 47, 46, § 121 (dub.; Jahn, ventus).—
6.
Esp. in phrase tantō ŏpĕre; freq. as one word, tantŏpĕre, so greatly, in so high a degree, so very, etc. (class. and freq.):
cur tanto opere extimueras?
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 92, cf.:
si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,
Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 2; id. Ep. 1, 2, 31; Ter. And. 5, 2, 27; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 38; Caes. B. G. 7, 52; Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21; id. Mur. 10, 23; id. de Or. 1, 35, 164 al.—In an inverted order:
mirum est, me, ut redeam, te opere tanto quaesere,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 1.—
B.
Transf., so many ( = tot; mostly poet.):
tantae Coëunt in proelia gentes,
Val. Fl. 5, 636:
lamentabile tantis urbibus,
Stat. Th. 11, 160:
legatum valet in tantos quanti inveniantur,
Dig. 30, 1, 65.— Sing.:
numquam tanto se vulture caelum Induit,
Luc. 7, 834. —
C.
Neutr. absol.
1.
tantum, so much, so many:
habere tantum molestiae quantum gloriae...ut tantum nobis, quantum ipsi superesse posset, remitteret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:
decutio argenti tantum, quantum mihi lubet,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 3, 4:
iis adposuit tantum, quod satis esset, nullo adparatu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 91: tantum complectitur, quod satis sit modicae palaestrae, id. Leg. 2, 3, 6:
eo indito cumini fricti tantum, quod oleat,
Cato, R. R. 156, 3 (cf.: tantum quod, s. v. tantum, adv. B. 2. b.): Ch. Coactus reddidit ducentos et mille Philippum. Ni. Tantum debuit, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 38: nec tantum Karthago habuisset opum, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 526 (1, 48, 3 B. and K.):
cum tantum belli in manibus esset,
Liv. 4, 57, 1:
sed quid hic tantum hominum incedunt?
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 5:
tantum hostium intra muros est,
Liv. 3, 17, 4 et saep.:
sexies tantum, quam quantum satum sit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 43, § 102; cf.:
etiamsi alterum tantum perdundum est, perdam, etc.,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 81 (v. alter):
tantum... dum,
Liv. 27, 42, 12; cf.:
tantum modo... dum,
Sall. J. 53, 3: tantum abest, ut, etc. (v. absum). —
b.
In colloquial lang.: tantum est, that is all, nothing more, etc.:
vos rogat, ut, etc. Tantum est. Valete,
Plaut. Trin. prol. 22; so id. Cas. prol. 87: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, id. Merc. 2, 2, 12; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 26; id. Hec. 5, 3, 15.—
2.
Gen. (of price) tanti:
tanti, quanti poscit, vin' tanti illam emi?
Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 22; cf.:
tanti est, quanti est fungus putidus,
it is worth as much as, is worth no more than, id. Bacch. 4, 7, 23:
frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:
ubi me dixero dare tanti,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 49:
graviter increpuit, tanti habitare censorem,
in so costly a house, Plin. 17, 1, 1, § 3. —
b.
Trop.: est tanti (alicui), to be worth so much; to be valued, prized, or esteemed so highly; to be of such consequence or importance:
tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20: tanti non fuit Arsacen capere, ut, etc., Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 1:
hoc tanti fuit vertere, ut, etc.,
Quint. 1, 6, 38: est mihi tanti, Quirites, hujus invidiae tempestatem subire, dummodo a vobis hujus belli periculum depellatur, it is worth this price to me, i. e. I esteem it a light thing, Cic. Cat. 2, 7, 15; cf.:
sed est tanti (sc.: invidiam istam mihi impendere), dummodo,
id. ib. 1, 9, 22:
etsi id quidem non tanti est, quam quod propter eosdem, etc.,
id. Mil. 22, 58:
juratus tibi possum dicere, nihil esse tanti, etc.,
id. Att. 2, 13, 2:
cum dicturis tanti suae non sint (actiones),
Quint. 12, 8, 4:
sunt o! sunt jurgia tanti,
Ov. M. 2, 424 et saep.—
3.
Abl. (with comparatives) tantō, by so much, so much the:
quanto erat in dies gravior oppugnatio, tanto crebriores litterae nuntiique ad Caesarem mittebantur,
Caes. B. G. 5, 45; cf.:
quantum opere processerant, tanto aberant ab aquā longius,
id. B. C. 1, 81:
tanto major vis, quanto recentior,
Plin. 9, 38, 62, § 133:
reperietis quinquies tanto amplius istum quam quantum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 97, § 225:
tantone minoris decumae venierunt quam fuerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 45, § 106 et saep.: bis tanto amici sunt inter se quam prius, twice as much, twice as good, dis tosôi, Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 62:
bis tanto pluris,
id. Men. 4, 3, 6:
ter tanto pejor,
id. Pers. 1, 3, 73:
multo tanto miserior,
id. Rud. 2, 6, 37:
si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 89:
post tanto,
Verg. G. 3, 476; Curt. 6, 7, 26.— Rarely with verbs denoting comparison:
tanto praestitit ceteros imperatores, quan to populus Romanus antecedit fortitudine cunctas nationes,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1; Ov. M. 13, 368; cf.:
doctrinis tanto antecessit condiscipulos, ut, etc.,
Nep. Epam. 2, 2.— Poet. with sup.:
tanto pessimus omnium poëta, Quanto tu optimus omnium patronus,
Cat. 49, 6.—
b.
In colloquial lang.: tanto melior! so much the better! well done! good! excellent! bravo! etc.: To. Omnes sycophantias instruxi et comparavi, quo pacto ab lenone auferam hoc argentum. Sa. Tanto melior! Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 24; cf. Sen. Ep. 31;
so too: tanto melior,
Plaut. Truc. 5, 61; Phaedr. 3, 5, 3:
tanto hercle melior,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 38:
tanto major! tanto augustior!
how great! how noble! Plin. Pan. 71, 4:
tanto nequior!
so much the worse! that is bad! Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 12; cf. Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 84; so,
tanto miserior,
id. Stich. 5, 5, 8.—
4.
In tantum, so far, so much, to such a degree, so greatly:
danti in tantum producenda notitia est muneris sui, in quantum delectatura est eum, cui datur,
Sen. Ben. 2, 23; Col. 12, 24, 1:
quaedam aquae fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24, 1: humum in tantum deprimere, donec altitudinis mensuram datam ceperit, Col. 3, 13, 9:
in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27.
II.
Since tantus conveys only the idea of relative greatness, it may also be used (with a foll. ut) to denote a small amount, degree, extent, etc.; hence, of such a quantity or quality, such, so small, so slight or trivial; in the neutr., so little, so few (rare but class.):
ceterarum provinciarum vectigalia tanta sunt, ut iis ad ipsas provincias tutandas vix contenti esse possimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; id. Fam. 1, 7, 4: si bellum tantum erit, ut vos aut successores sustinere possint, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 10, 3:
praesidii tantum est, ut ne murus quidem cingi possit,
Caes. B. G. 6, 35:
tantum navium,
id. B. C. 3, 2.—Hence, tantum, adv.
A.
So much, so greatly, to such a degree, so:
tantum, quantum quis fuge,
as quickly as possible, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 94:
de quo tantum, quantum me amas, velim cogites,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 1:
id tantum abest ab officio, ut, etc.,
so far, id. Off. 1, 14, 43:
rex tantum auctoritate ejus motus est, ut, etc.,
Nep. Con. 4, 1:
tantum progressus a castris, ut dimicaturum appareret,
Liv. 37, 39, 6:
tantumque ibi moratus, dum, etc.,
so long, id. 27, 42, 13:
tantum ad narrandum argumentum adest benignitas,
Plaut. Men. prol. 16:
ne miremini, quā ratione hic tantum apud istum libertus potuerit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 54, § 134:
nullo tantum se Mysia cultu Jactat,
Verg. G. 1, 102.—With adjj. (mostly poet.):
nec tantum dulcia, quantum Et liquida,
Verg. G. 4, 101:
juventus Non tantum Veneris quantum studiosa culinae,
Hor. S. 2, 5, 80:
tantum dissimilis,
id. ib. 2, 3, 313:
Marius quantum bello optimus, tantum pace pessimus,
Vell. 2, 11, 1.—
B.
(Acc. to tantus, II.; and therefore, prop., only so much, so little; hence) Only, alone, merely, but:
tantum monet, quantum intellegit,
only so much, Cic. Tusc. 2, 19, 44:
tantum in latitudinem patebat, quantum loci acies instructa occupare poterat,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8:
quod haec tantum, quantum sensu movetur...se accommodat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 4, 11:
Socratem tantum de vitā et de moribus solitum esse quaerere,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
nomen tantum virtutis usurpas,
id. Par. 2, 17:
dixit tantum: nihil ostendit, nihil protulit,
id. Fl. 15, 34:
notus mihi nomine tantum,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 3:
apte dicere non elocutionis tantum genere constat, sed, etc.,
Quint. 11, 1, 7; so,
non tantum... sed,
id. 9, 3, 28:
nec tantum... sed (etiam),
id. 3, 8, 33; 9, 3, 78; 11, 2, 5.—So with unus (mostly post-Aug.;
once in Cic.): excepit unum tantum: scire se nihil se scire, nihil amplius,
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:
unum flumen tantum intererat,
Caes. B. C. 3, 19:
unum defuisse tantum superbiae,
Liv. 6, 16, 5; 21, 50, 6; 34, 9, 5; Just. 8, 5, 5; Cels. 5, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 1; Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120.—
b.
Strengthened by modo, and also joined with it in one word, tantummŏdo (freq. and class.;
whereas solummodo is only post-Aug., v. h. v.): homines populariter annum tantummodo solis, id est unius astri reditu metiuntur,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
ut tantummodo per stirpes alantur suas,
id. N. D. 2, 32, 81:
cum tantummodo potestatem gustandi feceris,
id. Rep. 2, 28, 51:
omnis ea judicatio versatur tantummodo in nomine,
id. ib. 4, 6, 6:
pedites tantummodo umeris ac summo pectore exstare (ut possent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 62:
velis tantummodo,
you have only to wish it, Hor. S. 1, 9, 54:
unum hoc tantummodo, neque praeterea quicquam, etc.,
Suet. Tib. 11 et saep.:
neque eum oratorem tantummodo, sed hominem non putant,
Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 52:
neque e silvis tantummodo promota castra, sed etiam... in campos delata acies,
Liv. 9, 37, 2:
Cn. Scipionem misit non ad tuendos tantummodo veteres socios, sed etiam ad pellendum Hispaniā Hasdrubalem,
id. 21, 32, 4; so,
non tantummodo... sed etiam,
Sen. Polyb. 15, 3; id. Ot. Sap. 3, 5; 5, 4; Front. Ep. ad Verr. p. 124:
non tantummodo... sed... quoque,
Vell. 2, 110, 5:
non tantummodo... verum etiam,
Aug. Ep. 162, 1; id. Grat. Christ. 14: non... tantum, with ellips. of sed, not only (but much more), Ov. Am. 1, 4, 63; cf.:
rem atrocem nec tantum epistulā dignam,
Plin. Ep. 3, 14; Juv. 1, 131.—
2.
Particular phrases.
a.
Tantum non, analog. to the Gr. monon ouk, to [p. 1842] point out an action as only not, i. e. very nearly, completed, almost, all but, very nearly (perh. not ante-Aug.; in Cic. Att. 14, 5, 2, Baiter reads tantummodo):
cum agger promotus ad urbem vineaeque tantum non jam injunctae moenibus essent,
Liv. 5, 7, 2:
tantum non jam captam Lacedaemonem esse,
id. 34, 40, 5:
tantum non ad portam bellum esse,
id. 25, 15, 1:
videt Romanos tantum non jam circumveniri a dextro cornu,
id. 37, 29, 9:
cum hostes tantum non arcessierint,
id. 4, 2, 12 Drak.:
tantum non adversis tempestatibus Rhodum enavigavit,
Suet. Tib. 11:
tantum non statim a funere,
id. ib. 52:
tantum non summam malorum suorum professus est,
id. ib. 66:
tantum non in ipso ejus consulatu,
id. Dom. 15 et saep.—But in many cases non belongs to the verb, and not to tantum:
tantum non cunctandum neque cessandum esse,
only there must be no delay, Liv. 35, 18, 8:
dictator bello ita gesto, ut tantum non defuisse fortunae videretur,
id. 4, 57, 8 Drak.; cf.:
ut qui per haec vicit, tantum non defuisse sibi advocatum sciat,
Quint. 6, 2, 4.—
b.
Tantum quod, denoting immediate nearness in point of time, only, just, but just, just then, hardly, scarcely (class.):
tantum quod ex Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterae redditae sunt,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1:
tantum quod ultimam imposuerat Pannonico bello Caesar manum, cum, etc.,
Vell. 2, 117, 1:
haec cum scriberem, tantum quod existimabam ad te orationem esse perlatam,
Cic. Att. 15, 13, 7:
navis Alexandrina, quae tantum quod appulerat,
Suet. Aug. 98:
natus est XVIII. Cal. Jan. tantum quod oriente sole,
id. Ner. 6:
tantum quod pueritiam egresso,
id. Aug. 63:
dentem tantum quod exemptum,
id. Vesp. 5 (but in Liv. 22, 2, 9; 33, 4, 6; Amm. 27, 5, 4, the quod belongs not to tantum, but to the following verb):
tantum alone = tantum quod,
Verg. E. 6, 16. —
c.
Tantum quod non, only that not, nothing is wanting but:
tantum quod hominem non nominat: causam quidem totam perscribit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 116.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tantus

17 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

18 for

fɔ: (полная форма) ;
(редуцированная форма)
1. союз
1) ибо;
ввиду того, что( вводит придаточное причины) This is no party question, for it touches us not as Liberals or Conservatives, but as citizens. ≈ Это не вопрос партийной политики, так как он затрагивает нас не как либералов или консерваторов, но как граждан. Syn: as, since
2) чтобы, что ( вводит придаточное с инфинитивным сказуемым, может переводиться также дательным падежом с инфинитивом) а) for-придаточное является реальным подлежащим в конструкциях с формальным подлежащим, выраженным "пустым" it It seems useless for them to take this course. ≈ Кажется, (что) им бесполезно идти этим путем. The crowds were so enormous that it was all too easy for the claustrophobic to fall into an apposite mood. ≈ Толпа была такая огромная, что людям, страдающим клаустрофобией, было очень легко придти в соответствующее расположение духа. It'd be a good stunt for him to go out and maybe earn a little money on the side. ≈ Было бы хорошей штукой ему выйти и, может быть, немного заработать на стороне б) for-придаточное в функции подлежащего For them to hold back their opinion was wrong. ≈ Неправильно было им не высказать своего мнения. в) for-придаточное как часть сложного глагольного сказуемого Matilda bargained with James for him to pay for dinner. ≈ Матильда договорилась с Джеймсом, что ему платить за обед. This is for you to decide. ≈ Это Вам решать. г) for-придаточное в функции обстоятельства I'd have given anything for this not to have happened. ≈ Я бы отдал теперь все, чтобы этого не произошло. д) for-придаточное в функции дополнения I realized that the subject is sufficiently obscure for your guess to be as good as anybody's. ≈ Я понял, что этот предмет достаточно сложен, чтобы твоя догадка была столь же хороша, что и любая другая. He plans for there to be five people in the group. ≈ Он планирует, что в группе будет пять человек. I asked for there to be a proctor at the exam. ≈ Я попросил, чтобы на экзамене присутствовал надзиратель. е) for-придаточное в функции определения It was a sign for him to retire from the world. ≈ Это был знак ему удалиться от мира.
2. предл.
1) для;
ради;
(= кому, для кого( передается тж. дательным падежом)
2) для;
ради;
(= для какой цели) for sale ≈ для продажи;
на продажу just for fun ≈ ради шутки
3) за (= за что, за кого, во имя чего) we are for peace ≈ мы за мир
4) за (= за кем, за чем (послать)) to send for a doctor ≈ послать за врачом
5) от, против (= против чего (средство)) medicine for a cough ≈ лекарство от кашля
6) в направлении;
к (= куда (отправиться)) to start for ≈ направиться в
7) из-за, за, по причине, вследствие to dance for joy ≈ плясать от радости for many reasons ≈ по многим причинам famous for smth. ≈ знаменитый чем-л.
8) в течение, в продолжение to last for an hour ≈ длиться час to wait for years ≈ ждать годами
9) на (расстояние) to run for a mile ≈ бежать милю
10) вместо, в обмен;
за что-л. I got it for 5 dollars. ≈ Я купил это за пять долларов. Will you please act for me in the matter? ≈ Прошу вас заняться этим вопросом вместо меня.
11) на (определенный момент) The lecture was arranged for two o'clock. ≈ Лекция была назначена на 2 часа.
12) в;
на for the first time ≈ в первый раз for (this) once ≈ на этот раз
13) от;
(представитель) передается тж. родительным падежом member for Oxford ≈ член парламента от Оксфорда ∙ довод в пользу чего-л. - *s and againsts доводы за и против во временном значении указывает на длительность: в течение - * the past three weeks в течение последних трех недель - I have not been there * five years уже пять лет я там не был - * the time being теперь, пока срок, на который рассчитано действие: на - * a year на год - this plan is * seven years этот план рассчитан на семь лет - * a long time надолго - * ever (and ever) навсегда час, день и т. п., на который что-л. назначено: на - the ceremony was arranged * two o'clock церемония была назначена на два часа в пространственном значении указывает на место назначения: в, к, - the train * Moscow поезд (идущий) в Москву - to steer * держать курс на( о судне) - the ship was bound * Africa судно направлялось в Африку - change here * Bristol здесь пересадка на Бристоль расстояние, протяженность - to run * a mile пробежать милю - the forest stretches * a long way лес тянется на многие мили указывает на цель, намерение: для, за, на, к - what do you want this book *? для чего вам нужна эта книга? - to fight * independence бороться за независимость - to send * a doctor послать за врачом - to go out * a walk выйти на прогулку /погулять/, пойти погулять - he was trained * a flyer его обучали летному делу - she is saving * old age она копит (деньги) на старость - * sale продается (надпись) объект стремления, надежды, желания, поисков, забот и т. п.: к, на;
передается тж. косв. падежами - to thirst /to hunger/ * knowledge жадно стремиться к знаниям - to hope * the best надеяться на лучшее - to be afraid * smb. бояться за кого-л. - to look * smth. искать что-л. лицо или предмет, к которому испытывают любовь, склонность, неприязнь и т. п.: к - affection /love/ * children любовь к детям - he has no liking * medicine у него нет склонности к медицине назначение предмета или лица, его пригодность для чего-л.: для - books * children книги для детей - a tool * drilling holes инструмент для сверления отверстий - he is just the man * the position он великолепно подходит для этой работы средство, лекарство против чего-л. - a cure * toothache средство против зубной боли указывает на лицо, иногда предмет, в пользу которого или в ущерб которому совершается действие: для;
передается тж. дат. падежем - can I do anything * you? могу ли я что-нибудь сделать для вас? - he bought some flowers * her он купил ей цветы - to win a name * oneself завоевать себе имя лицо или предмет, в поддержку или в защиту которого выступают: за - he voted * the representative of his Party он голосовал за представителя своей партии - a lawyer acts * his client адвокат ведет дело /дела/ своего клиента - to argue * smth. отстаивать что-л. указывает на причину или повод: от, за, из-за;
по - to condemn * smth. осуждать за что-л. - to blame * smth. винить в чем-л. - to thank * smth. благодарить за что-л. - to reward * bravery наградить за храбрость - to cry * joy плакать от радости - I can't see anything * the fog я ничего не вижу из-за тумана - * fear of... из боязни, что...;
чтобы не... - he walked fast * fear he should be late он шагал быстро, чтобы не опоздать /опасаясь опоздать/ - * want /lack/ of smth. из-за недостатка чего-л. - * many reasons по многим причинам - * the reason that... так как, потому что - you will be (all) the better * a good night's rest вам не мешает выспаться хорошенько - he is known * his kindness он известен своей добротой - if it were not * him, I should not be late если бы не он, я бы не опоздал указывает на замещение, замену: вместо, за - we used boxes * chairs мы пользовались ящиками вместо стульев - what is the English * "цветок"? как по-английски "цветок" использование в качестве чего-л.: как;
передается тж. твор. падежом - they chose him * their leader они выбрали его своим руководителем - he wants her * his wife он хочет жениться на ней лицо или предмет, принимаемые за других: за - he took me * my brother он принял меня за моего брата - they were left on the battlefield * dead их сочли убитыми и оставили на поле боя представительство в выборной организации от группы лиц, выступление от чьего-л. имени: от, за - to sit * Glasgow быть представителем от Глазго - * and on behalf of за и от имени( в подписях под документами) место работы нанимателя и т. п. - to work * an old firm работать /служить/ в старой фирме - she worked * Mr.N. as a secretary она работала секретарем у господина Н. указывает на цену: за - to pay a dollar * a book заплатить доллар за книгу предмет обмена: на, за - to exchange one thing * another обменять одну вещь на другую размер суммы: на - a bill * 50 dollars счет на 50 долларов - put my name down * $1 подпишите меня на 1 доллар, я жертвую 1 доллар вознаграждение: за - to be paid * one's service получать плату за работу указывает на соотношение или противопоставление: на - * one enemy he has a hundred friends на одного врага у него сто друзей указывает на наличие особых условий: для - it is warm * May для мая сейчас тепло - she reads well * her age она хорошо читает для своего возраста что касается, в отношении - * the rest что касается остального употр. в конструкции for + сущ. /местоим./ + инфинитив, которая передается придаточным предложением, а также дат. падежом существительного или местоимения и инфинитивом - they waited * the moon to appear они ждали, когда появится луна - he stepped aside * me to pass он посторонился, чтобы дать мне дорогу - is English difficult * you to learn? трудно ли вам дается английский язык? - it is not * you to blame him не вам осуждать его (шотландское) (американизм) в честь( кого-л.) - he was named * his grandfather он был назван в честь деда - the banquet was given * him банкет был дан в его честь в сочетаниях: - as * что касается, что до - but * без, кроме;
если бы не - * all несмотря на;
что бы ни - she is stupid * all her learning она глупа, несмотря на всю ее ученость - * all you say I shall stick to my opinion что бы вы ни говорили, я останусь при своем мнении - * all their claims to the contrary вопреки их утверждениям - * all that несмотря на все;
и все же - it is a victory * all that и все же это победа - he says he is innocent, but I am sure he is guilty, * all that он говорит, что он не виновен, но несмотря на его слова, я знаю, что он виноват > * all I care меня это не интересует, мне это совершенно безразлично > you may do what you like * all I care можете делать, что хотите, меня это не касается /мне наплевать/ > I * one... я со своей стороны...;
я, например > I * one never liked him мне, например, он никогда не нравился > * one thing прежде всего, во-первых > * one thing, he talks too much прежде всего, он слишком много говорит > once and * all раз и навсегда > * myself, * my part что касается меня > * myself I shall do nothing of the sort что касается меня, то я ничего подобного не сделаю > * my part I have no objections что касается меня, то у меня нет возражений > * all I know поскольку я не имею противоположных сведений > * all I know he might be dead не исключено, что он уже умер;
жив он или умер - понятия не имею > to do smth. * oneself сделать что-л. самому > I must see it * myself я должен увидеть это собственными глазами > I know it * a fact я знаю это наверняка /совершенно точно/ > * certain, * sure наверняка, без сомнения > oh, *...! о, если бы...! > oh, * a fine day! если бы выпал хороший денек! вводит части сложных предложений или самостоятельные предложения: так как, потому что, ибо - he felt no fear, * he was a brave man он не испытывал страха, так как был храбрым человеком - the windows were open * it was hot было жарко, и окна были открыты for: oh, for a fine day! (как было бы славно,) если бы выпал хороший день! ~ prep в;
на;
for the first time в первый раз;
for (this) once на этот раз ~ prep в направлении;
к;
to start for направиться в ~ prep в течение, в продолжение;
to last for an hour длиться час;
to wait for years ждать годами ~ prep вместо, в обмен;
за (что-л.) ;
I got it for 5 dollars я купил это за пять долларов;
will you please act for me in the matter? прошу вас заняться этим вопросом вместо меня ~ prep для, ради;
передается тж. дательным падежом;
for my sake ради меня;
it is very good for you вам очень полезно;
for children для детей;
for sale для продажи ~ prep за;
we are for peace мы за мир ~ cj ибо;
ввиду того, что ~ prep из-за, за, по причине, вследствие;
for joy от радости;
to dance for joy плясать от радости;
for many reasons по многим причинам;
famous( for smth.) знаменитый (чем-л.) ~ prep на (определенный момент) ;
the lecture was arranged for two o'clock лекция была назначена на 2 часа 1 ~ prep на расстояние;
to run for a mile бежать милю ~ prep от;
передается тж. родительным падежом;
member for Oxford член парламента от Оксфорда ~ prep против, от;
medicine for a cough лекарство от кашля ~ prep ради, за (о цели) ;
just for fun ради шутки;
to send for a doctor послать за врачом ~ prep употр. со сложным дополнением и другими сложными членами предложения: it seems useless for them to take this course им, по-видимому, бесполезно идти по этому пути FOR: FOR: free on rail франко-вагон for: for: funds used ~ капитал, использованный для for: oh, for a fine day! (как было бы славно,) если бы выпал хороший день! ~ all that I wouldn't talk like that и все-таки я бы так не говорил;
as for me, for all I care что касается меня ~ all I know насколько мне известно;
for all that несмотря на все это ~ all I know насколько мне известно;
for all that несмотря на все это ~ all that I wouldn't talk like that и все-таки я бы так не говорил;
as for me, for all I care что касается меня ~ prep для, ради;
передается тж. дательным падежом;
for my sake ради меня;
it is very good for you вам очень полезно;
for children для детей;
for sale для продажи ~ prep из-за, за, по причине, вследствие;
for joy от радости;
to dance for joy плясать от радости;
for many reasons по многим причинам;
famous (for smth.) знаменитый (чем-л.) ~ prep из-за, за, по причине, вследствие;
for joy от радости;
to dance for joy плясать от радости;
for many reasons по многим причинам;
famous (for smth.) знаменитый (чем-л.) ~ prep для, ради;
передается тж. дательным падежом;
for my sake ради меня;
it is very good for you вам очень полезно;
for children для детей;
for sale для продажи ~ prep в;
на;
for the first time в первый раз;
for (this) once на этот раз once: ~ один раз;
for (this) once на этот раз, в виде исключения;
once is enough for me одного раза с меня вполне достаточно ~ prep для, ради;
передается тж. дательным падежом;
for my sake ради меня;
it is very good for you вам очень полезно;
for children для детей;
for sale для продажи sale: for ~ на продажу ~ prep в;
на;
for the first time в первый раз;
for (this) once на этот раз for: funds used ~ капитал, использованный для he is free to do what he likes ~ all I care по мне, пусть поступает, как хочет;
oh,;
..! ах, если бы..! to hope ~ the best надеяться на лучшее;
put my name down for two tickets запишите два билета на мое имя hope: to ~ against ~ надеяться на чудо;
надеяться, не имея на это никаких оснований;
to hope for the best надеяться на лучшее, на благоприятный исход ~ prep вместо, в обмен;
за (что-л.) ;
I got it for 5 dollars я купил это за пять долларов;
will you please act for me in the matter? прошу вас заняться этим вопросом вместо меня I'd have given anything ~ this not to have happened я бы многое теперь отдал за то, чтобы ничего этого не произошло;
this is for you to decide вы должны решить это сами ~ prep для, ради;
передается тж. дательным падежом;
for my sake ради меня;
it is very good for you вам очень полезно;
for children для детей;
for sale для продажи ~ prep употр. со сложным дополнением и другими сложными членами предложения: it seems useless for them to take this course им, по-видимому, бесполезно идти по этому пути it's too beautiful ~ words слов нет - это прекрасно, это выше всяких слов ~ prep ради, за (о цели) ;
just for fun ради шутки;
to send for a doctor послать за врачом ~ prep в течение, в продолжение;
to last for an hour длиться час;
to wait for years ждать годами ~ prep на (определенный момент) ;
the lecture was arranged for two o'clock лекция была назначена на 2 часа 1 make provision ~ обеспечивать make provision ~ предусматривать make provision ~ резервировать деньги make room ~ предоставлять место room: ~ место, пространство;
there is room for one more in the car в машине есть место еще для одного человека;
to make room for потесниться, дать место ~ prep против, от;
medicine for a cough лекарство от кашля ~ prep от;
передается тж. родительным падежом;
member for Oxford член парламента от Оксфорда to hope ~ the best надеяться на лучшее;
put my name down for two tickets запишите два билета на мое имя ~ prep на расстояние;
to run for a mile бежать милю ~ prep ради, за (о цели) ;
just for fun ради шутки;
to send for a doctor послать за врачом send: ~ down понижать (напр., цены) ;
send for посылать за, вызывать;
to send for a doctor послать за врачом;
send forth испускать, издавать ~ prep в направлении;
к;
to start for направиться в I'd have given anything ~ this not to have happened я бы многое теперь отдал за то, чтобы ничего этого не произошло;
this is for you to decide вы должны решить это сами ~ prep в течение, в продолжение;
to last for an hour длиться час;
to wait for years ждать годами ~ prep за;
we are for peace мы за мир ~ prep вместо, в обмен;
за (что-л.) ;
I got it for 5 dollars я купил это за пять долларов;
will you please act for me in the matter? прошу вас заняться этим вопросом вместо меня

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > for

19 AF

of

* * *

prep. w. dat.

I. Of place:

1) off, from;

G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;

ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;

Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;

Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;

hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;

Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;

tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;

bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;

land af landi, from one land to the other;

hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;

vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;

muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;

rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;

vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;

lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;

vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;

2) out of;

verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;

gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;

Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.

Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.

II. Of time; past, beyond:

af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;

ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;

þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;

var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.

III. In various other relations:

1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;

hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;

vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;

féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;

þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;

þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;

ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;

2) off, of;

höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;

vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;

þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;

absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;

fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;

3) of, among;

hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;

4) with;

hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;

fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;

5) of (= ór which is more frequent);

húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;

6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;

hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;

7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;

ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;

kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;

8) by, of (after passive);

ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;

ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;

9) on account of, by reason of, by;

úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;

ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;

af ástæld hans, by his popularity;

af því, therefore;

af hví, wherefor why;

af því at, because;

10) by means of, by;

framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;

af sínu fé, by one’s own means;

absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;

11) with adjectives, in regard to;

mildr af fé, liberal of money;

góðr af griðum, merciful;

fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;

12) used absol. with a verb, off away;

hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;

ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;

sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.

* * *

prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.

A. Loc.

I. With motion, off, from:

1. prop. corresp. to á,

α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.

β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.

γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.

δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.

ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.

ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).

2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).

II. WITHOUT MOTION:

1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.

2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.

β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.

γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.

3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.

β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.

4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.

B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:

1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.

2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.

3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.

C. In various other relations:

I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.

1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.

2. where an object is taken by force:

α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.

β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.

γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.

3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.

β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.

II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.

β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.

γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.

2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.

β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.

γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.

δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.

3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.

III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.

2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.

IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:

1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.

β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.

2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.

β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.

V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:

1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.

2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.

VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:

1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.

β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.

2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.

β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.

3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.

4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.

5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.

VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:

1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.

β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.

2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.

VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.

IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.

β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;

γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.

δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.

X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.

2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.

XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).

D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:

I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.

II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

20 किम्

kím
ind. (fr. 1. ki, originally nom. andﾠ acc. sg. n. of 2. ká q.v.), what? how? whence? wherefore? why?

kim
is much used as a particle of interrogation like the Lat. num, an,

sometimes translatable by « whether?» but oftener serving only like a note of interrogation to mark a question
(e.g.. kiṉvyādhāvane'sminsaṉcaranti, « do hunters roam about in this wood?»
In an interrogation the verb, if uncompounded with a preposition, generally retains its accent after kim Pāṇ. 8-1, 44)
To this sense may be referred the kim expressing inferiority, deficiency, etc. at the beginning of compounds
(e.g.. kiṉ-rājan, what sort of king? i.e. a bad king Pāṇ. 2-1, 64; V, 4, 70);
alsoﾠ the kim prefixed to verbs with a similar meaning (e.g.. kim-adhî ̱te, he reads badly Pāṇ. 8-1, 44 Kāṡ.)
kim-uta, orﾠ kim-uta-vā orﾠ kim-athavā-uta, whether- orﾠ- orﾠ R. Ṡak. Bhartṛ. etc. (cf. utá.)
is very frequently connected with other particles, as follows:
kímaṅgá, wherefore then? RV. ;
athakim seeﾠ átha;
kimapi, somewhat, to a considerable extent, rather, much more, still further Ṡak. Megh. etc.;
kimiti, why? Ṡak. Kum. Pañcat. etc.;
kim-iva, what for? Ṡiṡ. XVI, 31 ;
kím-u orﾠ kím-utá how much more? how much less? RV. ṠBr. MBh. etc.;
kiṉkila, what a pity! (expressing dissatisfaction) Pāṇ. 3-3, 146 ;
kiṉ-ca, moreover, further Pañcat. Kathās. etc.;
what more (expressing impatience) Ṡak. ;
kiṉ-cana (originally - cana, negative = « in no way»), to a certain degree, a little Kathās. ;
(with a negation) in no way, not at all MBh. I, 6132 ;
kiṉ-cid, somewhat, a little MBh. R. etc.;
kiṉtarhi, how then? but, however Pāṇ. 2-2, 4 Pat.; IV, 1, 163, Kaṡ. ;
kiṉ-tu, but, however, nevertheless (bearing the same relation to tu that kiṉ-ca bears to ca) MBh. R. etc.;
kiṉ-nu, whether indeed? (a stronger interrogative than kim alone) MBh. R. etc.;
how much more? how much less? Bhag. I, 35 ;
kiṉnukhalu, how possibly? (a still stronger interrogative) Ṡak. ;
kimpunar, how much more? how much less? R. Bhag. IX, 33 etc.. ;
however Bālar. ;
but ib. ;
kiṉvā, whether? orﾠ whether? Ṡak. Pañcat. etc.;
orﾠ (often a mere particle of interrogation);
kíṉsvid, why? Kathās. XXVI, 75 ;
a stronger interrogative than kim alone RV. MBh. Kathās. ;
(in comp.)

Sanskrit-English dictionary > किम्

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

См. также в других словарях:

Little Orphan Annie — For James Whitcomb Riley s 1885 poem, see Little Orphant Annie. Little Orphan Annie Cupples Leon collection (1933) Author(s) Harold Gray Current status / sch … Wikipedia

Little Red-Haired Girl — The Little Red Haired Girl as seen in the television special It s Your First Kiss, Charlie Brown. The Little Red Haired Girl is an unseen character in the Peanuts comic strip by Charles M. Schulz, and is a symbol of unrequited love. While never… … Wikipedia

Little Samson — Infobox VG| title = Little Samson developer = Takeru publisher = Taito designer = engine = released = June 26 1992 (Japan) October 22 1992 (U.S.) March 18 1993 (Europe) genre = Action modes = Single player ratings = platforms = NES media = 3… … Wikipedia

Little Boy Boo — Infobox Hollywood cartoon cartoon name = Little Boy Boo series = Looney Tunes director = Robert McKimson animator = Herman Cohen Rob Scribner Phil De Lara Charles McKimson voice actor = Mel Blanc musician = Carl Stalling producer = distributor =… … Wikipedia

Little Orphan Hero — Infobox Television episode Title=Little Orphan Hero Series=Drawn Together Season=2 Episode=3 Airdate=November 2, 2005 Writer= Erik Sommers Caption = Captain Hero meets his parents. Director= Ray Claffey Production = 203 Guests = John Ondrasik… … Wikipedia

List of Pretty Little Liars characters — The main characters of Pretty Little Liars. (From left) Troian Bellisario as Spencer Hastings, Lucy Hale as Aria Montgomery, Shay Mitchell as Emily Fields, and Ashley Benson as Hanna Marin The following is a list of characters from the ABC Family … Wikipedia

My Little Pony Tales — This article describes the My Little Pony Tales television series. For the My Little Pony toys, see My Little Pony. For the original My Little Pony cartoon, see My Little Pony (TV series). My Little Pony Tales Format Animated series Written by… … Wikipedia

The Little Foxes — which reads, Take us the foxes, the little foxes, that spoil the vines: for our vines have tender grapes. Plot synopsisThe focus is on Southern aristocrat Regina Hubbard Giddens, who struggles for wealth and freedom within the confines of an… … Wikipedia

Lullabies for Little Criminals — infobox Book | name = Lullabies for Little Criminals title orig = translator = image caption = author = Heather O Neill cover artist = country = Canada language = English series = genre = Novel publisher = HarperCollins release date = 2006 media… … Wikipedia

Pretty Little Picture — Infobox Television episode Title = Pretty Little Picture Series = Desperate Housewives Caption = Bree s dinner party. Season = 1 Episode = 3 Airdate = October 17, 2004 Production = 102 Writer = Oliver Goldstick Director = Arlene Sanford Guests =… … Wikipedia

The Little Foxes (film) — Infobox Film name = The Little Foxes caption = Original poster director = William Wyler producer = Samuel Goldwyn writer = Lillian Hellman starring = Bette Davis Herbert Marshall Teresa Wright music = Meredith Willson cinematography = Gregg… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

he reads very little

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

he reads very little

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: